Home

harman/kardon - Quality & Performance

Contents

1.
2.
3. e V 55V 0102 195244 e B 115 BFE noe 10N M ao 5 0115 0925 0928 1 25A1859A 5 q 25217405 Gigs
4. REVISION RECORD AVR7300 harman kardon Content 1 2 0 15 OOOOOOOOOOOOOO e 7 4 lt Z gx uk 5 E a lt Iz gt Oo o gt gt oT 5 5 86 lt Si 95 S1 AI mi eim ee ap 35 ss R ha gt x MONITOR OUTPUT COMPOSITE amp SUPER 5 gt gt gt z gt of o18 of N M SELECTOR 55 n 2 1 C51 201
5. 5VA 5VA_GND 5VD_GND SDATANO gt 3 3VD_GND 3 3VD 5VD AD_MO AD_MI ADC RESET et R196 150 1 16W 0 1 168 SCLK gt gt 150 15W 5 C142 100P 50V 1 18 ADC_MCK 2 8505 R204 80 SDATANI W MW SDATAN2 8 300RC 0805 DS 2 an 25 OK 1 16W 10K 1 16W 20K 1 16W 10 16 SSE 2 SDATAN3 L101 38 99 05 5 5 R156 222 22 gt 7 6035 8 N SS 1K 1 16W 2CH FL IN d 27 bmc 4 7 1 160 5VA VA RCA4P G 2CH FL_ IN 5 Z 55361 5 22 X 52 22 5 Wy 2CHER_ IN 10 1 168 rur
6. x REVISION RECORD ee sas NO Contents S GlL S 4P S2T2 EF O 0 2 9191 IE FROM FAROUDJA 0 T o gt 1 NT 2 gt gt 2 4 S ry al 81441188 55 les lee 3222222 u z x 2 g 05 5 ETAT Tm 1 Sz 78a R 2 Us EUS 30 xU 218 S lo o z n v3 5 gt T3 gt 5 gt m s 5 AGND aya zv J Y YS oz Y x Y Y iy J harman kardon P a V I 20 1 1 oo 1 1 1 a 0 jo I
7. 517 35237 0410 FROM TUNER B D 2 0 04 OOOO P516 JJJ HP L 470 1 16W 1K 1 16W eoe R6 R350 R1 100 1 16W 121511 R231 arle e e DEN 55 m a 100 1 16W 10 16 3 MPSA06 865 ES I 3 t h C190 HP L C131 10 16 8 Sci 05 188 cem S our gt RIS 58 28 AL gt 4 SFT TENE 5 Ss IS 4 x 2K4 1 16W w 8 oo S 10 1 4W a 27 5 5 Se 2 x C81 47716 x NJM2068 S u a LE UO R318 5 5 R202 2 i 3 gt gt 2 10 16 Wy 3 2 TOOK 1 16W E enl W 4 d TAPE OUT 55 o6 lt C82 T s Jos 1K5 1 16W 10 1 16W 5 Sat g 3 5 ouT gt dx A i Ba 8 400 10 1 16W jo 2 STT e 2 25 Sol EI 2 ek zi 9 o C134 50 as R323 Yo AW 5 I 98 15 218 DL TE 48213 1012 1 ET NES 1212 21 5 gt 10 1 16W 8 R377 S c RM Nje M 2068
8. D 5 0 0 E nl __ OOO E mn B SIDE 6 Mp VIDS VID2 0 VID2 VID1 ULTI x FD3 R FD67 3 4 u 5 gt gt 4 gt 4 e I i Y mom m 3 mS e 6 5 e GO N601 cm aga EM 5 gt cum m mm 5V SEL ome Toce C 3 C 9 106 500VIDEO mp 2 pcb Fri May 14 20 16 46 2004 V R 300 VID UTD Q C ri May 14 20 50 52 2004 SORA 22852 7 5 A quem s
9. PROCESSOR B D P815 A 451 12 0 FL CONNECTOR JACK 500 v5 R 1 G 2 6 20 N601 G 2 FR 3 3 V5 LL4 4 P203 51 5 pale RGB y check 1 RGB T CHECK 1 SUPER SC CONNECTOR JACK 100 GND 2 MS PBDO5KDGB20 sus 50 OSD IN 4 OSD IN 9 5V 5 5 1 usu 1 T MUTE Tey 6V 7 SENA M 2 72132 CE 12v 8 12V 72132 DA M ROOM 9 M ROOM 3 OPTI4 OUT 4 72132 CLK 1 N RMC 10 RMC 4 56 COAX4 IN 5 UNED CV SY RGB Y D A 11 CV SY RGB Y D A 6 PLL IN GND 12 GND 6 ee 7 RDS GND MODULE 40940 13 4094DA in RDS DA HO1 ZVCTTUNEO1 4094CE 14 4094CE 8 RDS CLK 4094CLK 15 4094CLK 9 ST 5V 16 ST 5V P102 4094DA in 17 4094DA OUT 1 RELAY ON CV SC SY SEL 18 CV SC SY SEL GND 19 GND 25 ST 5V P603 5 1 3 1 4 RS232 IN RX 6 2 204 5 MO 5 RS232 OUT TX V5 L 3 V 55V 1 3 96 1 V 55v Pos 4cH 2 22 24 2 POS 3CH FAN 482V v5 cv 5 6 55 3 e d 3 55 V5 SY 7 24V 4 24V 68 4
10. REVISION RECORD NO Date Contents SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM harman kardon AVR7300 GG ARR EE a P402 233 HEAT SINK 5267 04 2 T FROM MAIN 0 o S o S ao 1 4CH CON B D 2223 e 2 e e 0402 155244 V 55V 1481341 nu a a gt 9 4433814 4435413 e e 9 gt laa 2 aad 1 qd aa 1 2 ain A 4 HA Hy l 4 Aa 4 lt 58 nei SIS el ol s el 4 TO 4 P406 mlel e 4 4 5 4 P505 n el a ol 4 4 S TO 4 P606 ol m al ze z O O O O O 0 _ I o ooo 004 O OOO OO OEE 9 ge y De 19 M e 4 9406 ROY 2SA1380 Y 2155 25 1370 FEES F2R2 1 2W L 0422 2 2 1 48 R444 KTC3200 BL EENS 1K2 Surr R R405 C403 w 470 1 4W 680P 0 6V 2 C401 Ig R401 10 16 E P W A Q401 9 Sol 2 39 0 22 5W D 22 511 0 0 1K 1 4W 0402 Gol TSR 9 4 at x R471 R472 KTC3200 BL 51 0 6V 75 1N4148 KTC3200 BL lee 22 Ls R445 40
11. 5 I O LC 2012 3 gt ee C223 C220 A x 3 91013 F203 F200 F207 F206 cw S eee ds ey 96 Te e e D204 T te e e e 6 e o 9 1 Ke 5 Ts di T R204 D S C241 0 FOIS O 7 22 9 C242 o C C238 e 2 5 C243 Ue R202 yakn C216 5 e 237 eee C240 C239 EN HN 9 0250952 2 S 200595552025 889 nt 327 mA 5 45 4 40 S NILYY ONY JdAL 35 5 Cw A INO 40714484 343 40 5518 arm ES 5 9 0193104 03504489 351 2115 0058 101112 eje 6 m SJONVSSIAd 13 dd AJ N 5 2 JONVHOSY 30 41181504 441519 tV SC SY SEL 1219 8504 NOH ene gt e 40940 007 2124 C320 323 Vm s ST 45v mi e 4094CLK e 409451 op eo e 4094DA 004e mm 0367 6204 e TT 2 ee e CV SY RGB Y D A 4094CLK 5 es RMC e 4094DA ap m I 2 M ROOM 2 01 8 ee 2 6V comp IN RY204 RY206 2 GND oso pgn 5 OSD IN ra e 5 SC a suPER sC GND 88 108 C
12. 000000 N 204 P211 CP 2 0 ST DU 30P P203 2 0 19 226708 CNSR DNE Cd BD 35237 14P GIL S 2P S2T2 EF GIL S 3P S2T2 EF FROM TRANSFORMER TO 3CHAMP TO 4CHAMP 1 5 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 5VA seras Wis a Nem
13. tll 5 P ocd Mon May 1 09 55 19 2004 103 212 ABYAS 2 0 708 03 o o o e m P S 2 to e e 500 eo e C oooQ a i lt gt o 5 5258 23552 N 87 4 gt gt _ e 113 9 3 8008 a 22 e 104 300 SUPPLY MP pco Mon May 1 09 44 40 2004 AJ
14. 102 11215141516 718 JU CH 20 MII 20 n E 3 qo r e Cela E Zh 7 umo A T 0 0 Ass T Pp zag gt 3 1124 C129 C181 8I FW 9 9 m 1121 TO CA eon hy 1223 eine A gt PO 7 t TW Qgooo e gt 2227 8 Ca Hii elle Je 101 Jo 191 191 vie T fe 35 0 6 062 7 z 3 3 107 20 b N FS MP 0325pcb V PhP ae Wel 7 4 m 14 48 4 16 01 16 CN CON CN A 11 2 QN 300 e T 1108 ni lt ant e i O ne le E o 27 AE f X e os e EZRA as ee e Bi P O 25 pcb Fri 14 17 22 12 2004 07 FID6 GRAIN GRAIN 5 8 5 3 9 0 8
15. 1 e 5 1 5 EX 603 220UF 10V 52 52 L a 5 Nn 2 1 5 1 8 1 2 601 ICNJM2296 Ms GN M25986 28636 150K 1 16W i 5 OUT gt 680637 gt VV 000 A 58 s 98 e T o 60 w 3 VDSS ono 2 8 1K 1 16W sy C687 8 85 150K 16W 136 e 1OUF 16 6 us DVD 7 sw4 vou R639 10N 50V GND vN3 SW2 E IC BU4094 SOP R675 SY SYNC gt vss 3 sr 16 12K 1 16W GND 2200 es 33K 1 4694 ES 5 1 220UF S 15 2K2 1 16W 061 O 12 1 VW R713 CH4Y 5 03 2 2 10N 50V AN C688 1K 1 16W 158 470UF 10V gt 54 P Es SER 9 C685 73 2 2UF 50V 155355 s geo T Me c Ro 5 R 185185 COMPOSIT INPUT COMPOSIT INPUT I 100UF 10V ew A114YS SMD V5 R 1 alll SELECTOR SELECTOR 218 TT 5503 66 ee GND 516 Se C684 SYNC DE z 5 cv CPP 2 z 0612 GND 4 5 8 22NF 50V OVS 8 8641 amp 672 TS el AM WW VID5 CV E E N 06 t 2 Rn slo le 2D x 1 16 68 1 16W 1K 1 16W 150K 1 16W GND 6 og 2 5 1K 1 RES V EAS 0613 VID5 SY 7 3818 irl IC611 R644 TRY DTCIIAYK S O
16. 29 el ROM 4CHAMP 015 Zum NINR182 BCH 6CH DIRECT INPUT C96 E NUR 52 02 0 e ZI Ili T C83 C81 9 oo 391 3 23 T 5 h mn 11 S 097 di 9 R7 ONE NE C80 17 mse 23 PO 5 E 00 11 ci M ES 159 C103 2 19 55 MIM R266 MIMR265 BH e C145 g LOD p ep 5 IIIIIII IIIIIIII9 C105 C149 8160 8159 8 5 T muma 7 Cl 2 c yw Hn C106 C104 R157 8156 35 11111111111 L 3 ca 19 C118 Al c 4L 58 a mn S uim 220 DE C112 SIT oo 0 an k nf 03 23 2004 MP PBDOSKPOB20 CONVEYER GRAIN gt 11111111111 m om ml 0202 0199 ui Lu C uu Cm 5Ez eeu a 1 E ESF QUALITY CHECK 2 2 5 5 2 2 092 2 c Sess 5 2 EF 11215145 8855339535235 e TOON
17. ae 000000000 6101 T3239 tt E 03J 0 ve 031 1 VM 8 L 24 43 X 2 11 uwoa 93109 amp qua lt va 8 21 VOS La 038 0316 33 9 031 gt gt n lt lt _T931J32 01 100772 gt gt lt lt gt M3NMA gt gt po gt gt 65 29900 gt SP eng US Er mi zi E 1 e i J B NY g J Saya ILTA UN dicm E I e o x 100 rontMP2 pcb Fri May 14 20 54 20 2004 V Jo U SUPP C 8 9999 2000 0000 Mon May 1 09 50 44 2004 101 SILK LAYER CONVEYER NIVUS OU
18. 612 14053 613 TSH95 DSP SW 8CH SW DSP SBL DSP SBR 80 581 8 58 1019 REGULATOR 15 15V 5V LED 3 3V 5 5VA 5VD 24 FL AC 6V 44V AMP POWER SUPPLY 3CH AMP 4CH AMP COMPANY US Ver switche DANECH FR CTR SL SBL SBR PREOUT SPEAKER OUTPUT BS AC CORD sion AC OUTLET NJ82 switched d JANG J H DATED SEP 16 2003 5 9162 9482 lt EE 1 FAROUDJA OPTION PART gt a o 1 8 8 gt I gt SDATA 4 0 VIDEO ENHANCER zi z SCLK 5 IC10 oni 12300 VIDEO1 Pb 2 DECODER VIDEO1 Pr VPC3230D 6 am uj tr LPI2C SCLK o X101 PI2C SDATA Fas gt 5 20 25MHz 1 RY2 14 RY1 u L212 MMI501 SYNC 050 5 DETECT SELECT 1 o M gt i SIGNAL 5 10 CPU Y 9
19. arg FFT ES mimica mim E eS iu gio adsl 00 ee Mmm ee 17 8 SEES e e Imi e mle ars 6 1111111111111 mimi ToS eee F cU Bi mim 100 5 27 SR e 25 5 e te 0 e E 3 mim 2 4 da e e e 2 500 za e E is ogg in amp s 55 AL TIS e 7 2 e 2d HT 5000 e e Es X c e 52 8859 pues 2 mim uU n mim ee s is e mm 5 Qaa 10 e O imi 5 zc im e 5 8019 3 5 eee 5 zg 2 uua mim mim e E 207 888 e u T Ma A e w e e e xum e H NEES o aces mecca oooi 5 mui 6 o 5 m e EA comma 054 69 mim a DOA as 1 COM NN Eii m mimosa 9 e it n 55 mas sore crm mim 9 a a0 10 e EE 00 19 nmm e e BACA e mim s UU a u One eo 5 2 910
20. 5 lt 5 lt 5 us z gt 2 2 v M M lt a lt Gogg 77 MD 2 9 18V 1 8VDAC IC BU4094 SOP 2 1 6 2 DATA 5 2 cLK Q5 4 o 1 8VPLL 5l R115 10K 03 o2 2 iQ 3 3VRAMQ oll I 1 1 Q 07 oN 8 8 s as A 5 9 7 04 Q s 5 sl 5 8lvss ba voa 59 a Ola 5 5 5 55 5 55 e o o VDDQ 0 35 VDDQ PLLGND 3 3VRAM A 255100 1 E Category AV RECEIVER Model AvR7300 10 03 Stage Ver Sheet B D name harman kardon Approved Date Drawing No 2 5 LEE K S OCT 06 2003 C 10 AVR7300 harman kardon FROM VIDEO B D 6 5 SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM harman kardon AVR7300 PROCESSOR REVISION RECORD
21. C O ari C251 Y NC w S 1019 KS 1 55 o yt lu 222 5 gp t Bib CO cO cO cO 02 02 TL TL TL E OG ee MERERI cnn GE cec Sa NEN w aa May 21 18 21 40 2004 FID4 Wa UNE 2 l 011 1 515 98 5 sates 1 ak ent Hil 1 S a e 8470 9 R 3 69 111 15 i g 1 1 d 24105 a e HL 019 2012 019 1019 oDDD OOD 1 d 18 C625 R24 26 r ue 214489 2 1 mf AREE 7 4 rttr 1 124 5 500 DSP 040526 0 Fri May 21 18 15 54 2004 125 tri May 14 1 24 57 2004 2 0325 pcb AVR S00 F AR N 20 CN CS FID2 GRAIN 83A3ANO9 lt gt gt FID1 CQ E EHE 5 lt gt gt
22. J R3YAJ XJI M3 e C O m e a 9 M oe a e o 9 o 94 1 9 4 i 19790 S 22 ze e 0 e 4 SS 08 C 0000 IOOOOL o 4 4 8006 2 lt DOC a a gold 0 0S8U25c 0089 Kea mim CEE mim e e E Q 0 SE 5 Oei Sx OF e o Ku Heo 9 m pee 0055 093 Dees 999 g TOM 00 00000000 e e e 000000 ee o9 5 e ee e 000 000 5 2 e 99 e o ue 9090 0 o m e NN 9 900 e e e o e e 906 lt 000000 o e e 2 AG 28 e ee 69 9 e 2 amp e AT AAMI m mm 227 e 0 9999 gt 0000000 06 2 e o o e 000 9 e e 104 e e 2
23. p WEE 1 av 2 4 amr E Gr 7 EEL TEST ADDR DEW BOLK REHET M VOOR WES SDR AB DAT SAU SOR AM DATA 15 SORAN CATAN LL amp DEA CAT TRAN AS Al TAT OAT SCOPI M SDRAM DA Port 2 8 bit 656 Input Input Processor with Auto Sync and auto Adjust Port 16 24 bit RGB YCrCb Input Clock Generation PLLs SDRAM DTE SDRAM CBT Ari E DE 2 pH 5 m 4 WW m i _ ot 5881 32 51 40 80660 4214 414446 25325 58 op pt Te sacs se 5 ae 2 080994229929992 9092009 44958881 888 2 2 2 2 2 335035223223 338 5 3 3 3 3 5 3 33 3 3 3 3 3 3 e in a i ut e m p i in e ae ui ec i a m em m es 5 5 3 8095 3 3 5 15 1025 5 5 5 2133 23233332333 233333 41113 215253 E 1 K r 2 2 EE KK tab EB b 556068 8 Noise Reducer Output MC WE Vertical and Deinterlacer Frame Horton Processor with orizonta Rate Converter and Syne Generation Scalers SDRAM tn
24. 1 22 7 AOUTB gt gt Bn 5 Jok 1 10K 1 16W 6125 0 1 16W 45 8 21 2218 A RI26 0 1 168 3 IU Tee sr 3 D gt T gt S ina 22 _ _ 8 BMUTEC 5 150106 W 75 DAC_RESET 9 4 2 41 5_0 9 2 0308 z 2 lt ROS 2 io 1 wn 2 x R198 150 1 16W 10 18 SSE 150 1 16W id GND 2A1 7 FILT R305 mE IC49 B 5 C177 gg 00P 50V C128 i Ho0N 16V 4K7 1 16W 1K2 1 16W IC OP ANE gt gt 96 DOLBY _HP LT_RT_SEL 25 IC 74VHCT244AMX z 2 I C321 A IC OPAMP SESER 130 10 16 SSE 25 ez 8 R206 10K 1 16W 20K 1 16W 10 16 SSE v zl C309 R304 B 300RC 0805 55 25 0050 1 16W R158 C136 2 e 5 10 16 55 4K7 1 16W Se o9 3 N 1 gay A T 4K7 1 16W X 7 R310 5K6 1 16W AVA 5VA 2 e CX oS 28 nm 55 5 ANN ET S 054391 M3 4391 CONTROL 55361 5 2T Tz RST 24 i 2 4K7 1 16W 9 2 M S REFGND 8 C169 100N 16V 2187 nc MI ae 20 15V 100N 16V 2 vo va 8 ORCS 155 GND 105 54 100 16 0129 8135 ANL 17 10 16 SSE 150 1 16W iow 0 8432 SK6 1 16W 1038 8 100 16 55 TO R127 0 1 16W gt AE foK 116w R128
25. ele 1 am ele 9 I eran 201 192 1 HIMO 06 0 ee 224 0078 A 8 4 AJY 3VH05 9 8011 145
26. 107 AVR SO0VIDEO mp 2 pcb Fri May 14 20 20 54 2004 4 3012 MOTTOS O gt J O O gt O C 44595159 0 _ 1 ee LN 300 ri May 14 16 49 37 2004 37 An n AVR 73
27. CON TO MAIN P509 119 RA 200 _ D x M 04 06 R316 R103 e 2 R349 R16 e Job 94 R309 e Q30 ozor as PD ii Ly tiie i as gt B e NIN 0N R281 rr 70 R285 e IN rect L LL 9000 pue R SOO MP 040326 0 lt 1 te 01 une _ ie eii nne ri May 21 18 24 26 2004 121 R 300 DS 040326 P104 harman kardon AVR73500 DSP B D 03 26 2004 PBDOSKDCB20 9 wi m o e g lt W B o e B R17 o o O R205 c o 4 e m 9 11 178 177 110180 6179 C182 88 6191 R190 R193 R192 R195 R204 R207 R206 209 R208 R211 C183 C186 110185 188 187 C190 e lt MAE C224
28. To DSPC DTS 9624 Extension FIG 1 7 DTS 06 24 Block Diagram 42 AVR7300 harman kardon 8 MP3 Av uibor e best 2 DTS MPEG n Multichannel AAC Decoder To DSP C DAI FIG 1 8 MP3 Block Diagram 9 UPSAMPLING UP Discrete Channels with 5 PCM Output Sampling Autedetect Upsampling Frequency Zx hal ri Enable Enable of Input Aulodelecl Digital FEM AC 3 DITS Doce m p Pieced Upsamplor MPEG 32kHz 44 1kHz 32kHz E4kHr Multichannel 48kHz 44 1kHz 88 2RHz q a BR 2kHr OE KHz ASKHz sDBKHz To DSPC DAI FIG 1 9 PCM Pass Through Upsampler Block Diagram 43 AVR7300 harman kardon AVR7300 Video Board Block Diagram for Faroudia Video Enhancement Video Input Monitor Output u E Composite Y Composite OSD DRV Y S Video O O O Y Component S Video 2 Record lt Output S Video Composite A U S Video Video 9 77777 Monitor Video Enhancer Decoder Output Faroudja Y Pb Pr Relays Component 9 Relays II 6x3 9 Component O dd O HD 94 99 6 1 S Video composite outputs are the same as old AVRs 2 Video enhancement for composite S video 480i component inputs 3 Only 480P component output 4
29. lI We Ld a Stud 85 25 5 60x 5 gt 4 25 y 22 SP LEU 2 5 3 5 d lt O IESS aaar argo 5 CM gt O gt is 2 7 8 0 0 MU 0 T V M 3H XH 5 p 0 3 142 5 e 0000 0000000000000 p C e 544 5 ooo e 0011 mim 5 e A 22853 mim mum e ac o 24 mms CE 0 7066 e 4 8 e 5 17 mm 5 e e 2202 e cim E 2 2 0 poog mim 2 e RESET 00 0 EL mi s mm e E mim 2 eae mm e TM 22552 7 7 359 mim vis 6 ua 2 8012 mim e ipeo MIm DUE 55 e mugo 7777 22 D 1 11 81 1 eme Qr ol amp e e z
30. 14 INI C367 F200 5 2o 15 5 8 0203 22NF 50V Cope g BU06 04F 5 4 ac Ta IE SS 3 our 8 DTC114YK S 4t 0204 3 2 9 2 R202 4 iN2 el IN2 7 5 X AAA pM AN FR 9 4R7 2W I IE C282 R282 C284 3 F201 2 xl Ax 216 T 215 100P 50V 100 1 16W 100P 50V o N T 2A 250V B C244 Um T 95 HE R283 C287 4700 50 DL m C220 100 1 16W 100P 50y SL Pb 0223 KDS160 SMD ak y 1000UF 6 3V C285 5 00281 mE N 257 xs 1213 ATS 2 NUM7805F A T8 0 1 SR 22 ae I maw O hav 4R7 2W O Pr Q204 10C36 1938F 202 D 1000101 6 5V 7 PIENE Lan Pe C222 I 212 RCA4P G 8026 SOV wr sov 1214 C290 4 BAO33T 8 1006 50y 2 8 Y CTR Y F203 ROB 01 T 2A 250V 13 R206 C226 100P 50v 100 1 16 6 DTCIAYK S ae 1000UF 6 3V W 2 10000 16 SHL 5 M 292 4 C SW Pb S 1 215 1008 50v 286 100P 50V 2 Su NJM7805FA 100 1 16W lt Y z x x zi T C229 gt Pr 5 c10 D4 28 IC216 0UF 50V 2 6293 SBL 5 2 2UF 50V 1SS355 SMD a NE 79M05 2 C243 R207 e 5 100 50 R171 2200UF 16V 4R7 2W 2 e W IN C295 100K 1 16W 100P 50V Wy C296 1 C SBR Y KDS160 SMD R288 100 50 m W2 04F 100 1 16W KTA1268BL 217 R208 e q gt gt Pb 8 J stp KIA781 8 d 8 res C233 a gt gt 5 8200 35 AHS 2 20 25 AHS AAA SS R291 5 R260 470 1 16W 2
31. 5 552555 sp ADDRI EXTAI 74 16 1019 IC M74HCU04M1R e 0 e el 5 1A3 2A3 36 bc 2 2 52 Qo pou do o 2 73 ae QE 5 je ze 7 50 DATA2 EXTD2x sE SEE EN 8 888 50 ADDRO EXTAO RELAY ON 4 2 2232 1Y3 2055855 59955555906 gt 5 gt gt gt gt gt 21211 8 3 i gt GND 55 ETE 1A4 212 ar 2 5 gt gt gt gt gt gt gt O m 5 5 ge SREB EB 5 5 keki Aaa 222 st 9 21 va BST Tez pS 55251551 31 15 5 23550225 55422552 35528959 5 8 2 5 5 5 2 E 5 5 2 glee r is 10 1 HOHE 92 N 20 GND 2M 0002 d RX gt 8 8 8 8 8 5 5 8 Sox sont H ER ic ASH SE 1802 x lt lt s s 5 SS n 2 m TS z 5 3 5 5 IIS 2 5 B 300RC 0805 1 49 e CPU GND XP3 GPO3 CX LRCK alg 5 5 5 10N 50V 4 d d 8 30086 0805 _____ 751 XP4 GPO4 vo 11 Jk RCA 4P 1T wa yxpsyepos eno 5 ziz gt o COX IN3 i vec 2 gt 1023 165446324 152 po E S z CNT VoD 2 4 ee 7 7 SCL CCLK E e ale e 25 1 542528 0 SDA CDOUT gt gt ow 5 he N XEL z 5 815819 NC es COX IN2
32. tma 0 us ZN ad a GRAIN e RA18 w 7 we 4 GRAIN gt 2 ain y 211 E 156 8 4 Tu 178 9 E 120000 4 I Qum mau EE 1808 Lu MAS C hd FIDI ooo n D X101 144 300 03525 Fri May 14 17 26 57 2004 300 0525 Fri May 14 17 29 15 2004 HAAJ OOOc ele e Qo 0E J T 9 9 saa 80 28 dide ee e o LN HI 9 oe t m b p ERR mim 5 TELO eie D mim Qr GE La mL E Oram m GE ele ee ra E mim mim 2002 amm gt p mim brs hO e MION as e MINH Sa 45 mo mmia NE NUR CORR 2012 e BH ew 40999 mm 2012 lt mim mi e i e 829 E mum 1 E2 E 072 mim am Lua EI ee mim 80 4 ez 8M4 0004 m e H 8 HD TT LRH 9 0 1 MARO e OST PCIA m m ani mim 5 8 S t 155 m Bran e k rx mi 1N04 i MC 3 e zara 7
33. 8 8515 8518 35 9 85 9 85 58 9 Be e E 5 72132CE O x 20 3 3 7300 581 5 1K 1 16W FAROUDJA_SDA 2152DATA O WW ES R608 1K 1 16W F AROUDJA_SCK a 72132CLK O m 5 TUNED 2 IC16 4094 TABLE 2 o PLL IN O o set OPT3 D TUNER SEL C629 I00N 16V PROLOGIC 3dB SPK RLY R618 1 1 16 05 00000107 2 0 01 SEL RDS DATA O AW 185355 5 0 4 VIDEOS MUTE CV SY RGB Y SEL RDS CLK O WV z D600 yet R617 1K 1 16W sala lo x R628 1 16 2 100 16 55 155355 5 0 Solo AN DATA inhibit AW C615 100 50 58 an L 8629 1 1 168 3 2 R631 1K 1 16W Sle FS Sl el 627 45 amp 05 C616 100P 50V 2 2 2 lt 47 16 55 89 R630 1K 1 16W 4 E 5 lt CN 2 0 04P ig xs le NINE 5 A 5 E 3 5V 8 5V O 51 18 512158 TM 2 02 1 07 o gt l 20 5 6 m 5 oO cc br 8 8 a 3 8 8 3 8 9 18 5 2 a Q4 Q S ga te 155355 8555545545 232855855 12 5 5 5 3 53 223 5 we GND IO 81 lt 9 Z lt lt lt SS SS x lt 4094 CLK ADO R627 GND Qs ADC_MCK 5 LED IIS 5 9 3 amp 0 1 16W lt o 87 j ANS Lon E b E lt z 9 8 P lt 4094 ce HDR VOLN2 8 3333
34. z z IC MM1662H 5 MH 20 5 1 00 29 7 8 0 6 5 E 709 N 21 4 28 1 2 4 5 R712 hON 50V o o gt 22 3 cND 27 3 4 2 1 1K 1 16W OO T 5 15 CE His 3 RX16 47R 4 24 1 NJ15 C710 E IC20 al 5 ae n OPTI IN2 47UH 10x IC M74HCU04MIR 202 100N 16V MZ INS INOS Foto 5 S g 1 4 los s 5 5 Sloe ES z z R713 0711 o VCC x gt au s M 10N 50V 2 3 gt 1 D 1K 1 16W 00 2 1712 l 11 2 2 3008 0805 2 NJI6 C701 4 5 1 12 OPTI IN3 47UH 10x 0 n E E 100N 16V 5 0 5 x Io 1 A2 04 TS lt C713 ae CO rubus 10N 50V 02 AS FCM2012H 252 0603 Wy 7 S 22 1 16W 1704 R701 1K 1 16W GND 05 Js C704 100P 50V 5 R715 100 1 16W 98355 Sub E C605 100 50 4 VVV gt Ob 15 5 le C604 100P 50V 47UH 10x 47K 1 16W S C603 008 501 at gt 2 C602 0 507 B 300RC 080 100N 16V Woe C601 100P 50V P101 Wes ioop 5ov 2823 51 51 gt GIL S 8P S2T2 EF MASS 10N 50V C828 S o 5VD 1 5 0 6 s E Pa E z OZ Do PN 2 3 885 zA CPU GND 8 5 5 5 Category A V RECEIVER Model 0 LE e 10N 50V X 2 5 G G S3 510 1 16W 55 00 Stage Ver Sheet B D name R721 71 N L714 5 oPT4
35. lt gt p E ho co 2 oa 6 HH 8 f 548 8 a i OLO 2 m aln z ias 227 2203 R224 e 9 8230 C230 Ch 145 C404 046 or at DO 0 coe 79 mm 92 825 aam aam IC34 HR mum af e 1 i o mE 2 QE E e 4 GND 5 L r e az C559 C26 0604 0603 3 CMPCHK 2508 178 110177 C179 C182 C181 R191 RI0 8192 8195 8194 2 oe 15050 2 R205 R204 207 R206 R208 8211 R210 SEE nem 2 5 e e amp C184 0153 0186 110185 C187 C190 C189 IIIIIIII IAI e T 12 9 mim e mmu o 15 M ROOM ig 7 mm 2345 6 7 unn 1 2 Hilli ws or Qu mmm 10 4094CLK gy umo v HEH R20 ame e o T 6649 ams TETE 0116 m 026 i 000068 IC804 010010119110 ri m TE kd 1 e SE 05 05 5 080 e
36. w DL CL DL LL LL a 3 3 8 5 2 E n ET gt Q E w amp T 52 LL CL DLL CL DL LL i a d oo Watendog timer AVR7300 harman kardon BU4094BF DSP PART 16 FAROUDJA PART 1C13 VIDEO PART IC609 ICG6 MAIN PART 208 FRONT PART IC71 4034 62 03 15 01 SOP16 VCOX 24M576HZ DSP PART Y800 gt 14 PIN DIP lt Ground 20 80 Stand off MAIN PART 214 SUPPLY PART 45 17 0 23 13 3 2 54205 254405 055 Rd 26205 1112113 11 2 GND 3 OUT 76 AVR7300 harman kardon NJM2296M VIDEO PART 601 602 IC603 IC605 IC606 IC607 SW2 SW1 SW5 SW3 SWA GND V MM1510 MAIN PART 1 2 201 202 203 pun 1451842 un H La en 52541 1501 VIDEO PART 614 MAIN PART IC1 204 205 SW en 10 10 1 1 15 0 05 0 05 5 27 Tf AVR7300 1511 MAIN PART 206 PHOTOCOUPLER PC 17T1 VIDEO PART 2 harman kardon 4 A d TC9162AF PROCESSOR IC5 IC14 TC91652AF TC9153AF TC9164AF bu E 5 H ud we i m ba SOP28 P 450 1 27 PIN CONNECTION
37. 100PPM C 61 AVR7300 harman kardon Ref Designator 4 CHANNEL AMP EEE D l l l l l ll D de sse VR42 52 62 72 1 7 0201 6 PR 20080 OHM 20 500MIOW VR41 516171 1 7 0500 9 PR 5080 OHM 20 500MIOW a Miscellaneous 001 2 N405 H01 WS4241813FN 4 WIRE ASS Y 2 5MM 180MM UL1007 2547 324 26 SHIELD N402 H01 WS5242623FN 4 WIRE ASS Y 2 5MM 5P 260MM UL1007 2547 24 26 SHIELD N401 H01 WS6242933FN 6 WIRE ASS Y 2 5MM 6P 290MM UL1007 2547 24 26 SHIELD a ee SSS FRONT PCB ae Capacitors 495 2100104 2 100 80 20 50 0V F 710 716 718 CEHFC04765E 3 CE47UF 20 16 0V 5 11 P5MM 85 C701 702 704 CPHKC0473NN 8 CAP POLY NON METAL 47NF 100V 20 C493 705 706 707 708 721 722 726 727 CZJII0101BE 2 CCCFMIC 100 5 5 50 0V NPO 0603 CAP CHIP 2N2F 10 10 50 0V X7R 0603 CAP CHIP 22NOF 10 10 50 0V X7R 0603 CAP CHIP 10NOF 10 10 50 0V X7R 0603 CAP CHIP 100NOF 80 20 16 0V Y5V 0603 CCCFMIC 5 5 50 0V NPO 0603 s 5 Semiconductors S ea D700 702 704 706 H01 DL30B2015AA A D LEM 30B3 20 15 GaN SUPER BLUE WATER CLEAR 15 D717 H01 DL3BA05VOBA 2 D LEM BLUE AMBER RD CL L 3VYMBC D714 H01 DLRED3FRDBA 5 D LEM RED GREEN 3F RD RND CL Reus Resistors E ee R760 761 RC3DIO100IN 2 10150 OHM 5 250MIOW R770 772 774 776
38. 4 x 1 C 4 a 1 E 0 O gt 5 8 RXPT GPO 1 CX SCLK 2 7 RXP2IGPO2 CX_LRCK 8 RXP3I GPO3 VD 5 RXPA GPO4 4 RXPS GPOS VLC 8 43 RXPO GPOS SCLICCLK T CS42528 42 RXPTIGPOT AD1 CDIN AGND ADQI CS 10 38 LPFLT INT 11 38 MUTEC RST 12 37 AOUTA1 AINR 13 38 AQUTA1 AINR 14 35 1 AINL 15 34 AGUTB1 AINL 18 33 AQUTA2 2 28 27 22 21 20 18 4 Li 2 Mo wo zn M mm Hu 22121 lt gt 2 2 2 5 2 oo Soo 80 E lt lt lt lt lt gt lt SS gt T CS42528 zi ES D D1 ES 70 harman kardon AVR7 300 harman kardon M74HCU04 DSP PART 1C19 IC20 TC9273F PROCESSOR APRT _ IC6 IC10 TC9273N TC9273F TC9273N TC9273F DD L ch 10 Latch Circuit L ch GND 12 STE m 1 DATA TC9273F e lt Bl gr 28 450 1 27 71 AVR7300 harman kardon TOTX179L DSP PART NJ17 SUPPLY PART NJ86 Fiber optic receiving m Less than 7mm 1 47 uH 1 E Pin connect
39. gt o p CO 2 ew z 2 c D 2 2 T 2 T 5 5i O o 5 FROM 3CH 5 P337 Ac 802 666 G G GG x L Y B D CN MO0 3 96 CP JST 12 0 S U mu E AC FROM OUTLET FAROUDJA VIDEO MAIN SPK G P806 JST 12 CONNECTOR JACK 800 ais ates O si Ps MAIN B 16 a ST BY PBDO5KSUB20 CEN SW TRANS CAP B D a o 9 TRANS oe T AC PBDOSKSUB20 2 LIVE P801 G ase 2 CP JST 12 0 ERG icu LIVE FROM MOMS a CN M0 3 96 16 je FPC AN 1 25 23P N703 1 9701 5 702 VID 5 B D Category AV RECEIVER Model AVR 7300 a 2 m m CONNECTOR JACK 700 Stage SHEET nome T VR 1N2 a Za F R 0 D HMS WIRING DIAGRAM 1 VR 1N1 rs 3 Sey rave EN VR BD Approved Date Drawing No a I GND 20 2 DIGI 4 B D 5 120 4 20 1 57 704 PBDOSKSUB20 4 N824 SEP 10 03 A b Praia RECORD WAR DATE Pwo REVISION RECORD AVR7300 harman kardon E 14 f PARTNUMBER ow S e racemes
40. o 2 Qo o mo a e ra sald 944 82 019 607 EL 2014 A 812 E OLEN 0 0025213 640 ello ASS 9 9 0 8 11 6 n d aN 10dd 5 498155 Orla 69815 M 10 gt o Ea Ld ullis 52 21 5 1 1 8 7 41405 Mop a t 9 p voir 12 1 NEN o o of T o e te o E zd Rc PE m 8012 amp U 3 0 gl ao OF aus 5 ud eed s NG ome m 110952 m oO 8 4 E c 042 6017 069 8 444 4 9 OL 069 b 8 2 I sI Ua lt 1 1 8 m vez Of 5 0 0005213 0 v6lVL3 lt E 1220 SOEN 97 T gt 1 008 9 1 coza of H 457 T 0 0 0023 111 0220 8 20 e 9 0287 1044 09 1089 9 3110 9 Qc JN 5 ac s a gt ASS Un ASS ier 9 028 8020 vegg
41. 9 06 20991 22 e 4 e 0903 a e 8 0 me 5 e 1 09 em o 800 m la 2890 mme um e e e e ot Be mi e 2 e 98958 mu m mimi 5 2 e 9551 20006 e e 29 C e eee 2111 135 P337 40 CONVEYER Q vel V L5 020 V 88v2S7 2 A 1 60 Ied SIDE SILK 2189 offset ad a E Lela cele 0 6191 e 5 3 x 6 3 3 co FO ama 50 5 35 242 E rae oJ amp Jem 5 d ne 3 a e O 5 5 5 rx a 28 je u SMe 1914 u 2 se of 5 40 2 99640 5 Ag lt L og m LC un NE ea a 2 a o Z T 8 5 2 o e mS F 9 O gt 9 58 2 2 a To 106 Qe 500 gar 5 5 lt s
42. gt Clear Button When programming the remote or using the EzSet feature press this button to cancel the current function When using the remote to enter frequencies for direct tuner access press this button to clear previous entries Numeric Keys These buttons serve as 10 button numeric Keypad to enter tuner preset positions They are also used to select channel numbers when TV Cable or SAT has been selected on the remote or to select track numbers on a CD DVD or LD player depending on how the remote has been programmed These buttons are also used to enter letters and num bers when renaming devices in the LCD Information Display See page 53 for more information on renam ing devices and keys D Tuning Mode Button Press this button to change the tuner mode between manual and automatic When the button is pressed so that AUTO STEREO appears in the Upper Display Line KF and in the on screen display only stations with acceptable signal quality will be tuned and the tuner will play FM stations in stereo when available In the T mode when the Tuning Up Down Buttons are pressed the unit will automatically search for the next available station with good signal strength When this button is pressed so that MANUAL appears in the Upper Display Line KF and in the on screen display each press of the Tuning Up Down Buttons will move the frequency up or down in single
43. 1 VIDEOS B D 4094 0 4094 CLK LL 4094 DATA V5 R 5 na 1 100P 50V Y4 ubIo co EN 5 0 5 1 22N 03 7 5 1502 1 1552 tun mode g 2 Tz O V4 AUDjo GND Power 701 C713 22N 03 57 R735 1K 1 16W _ C BU4094BF Tsk 9 5 O 5 v5 cv A AA 5 L e m x decem AGND_V5 C723 d RE 8 2 ST vec S 15 4 ao 33pF 50V CH J NPO 0603 48 02 v5 v surr mode em AGND 7x R736 1K 1 16W H 5 5 d 1552 2 DATA inhibit 8 a 5702 570 R737 1kK 1 16W 3 Q705 AGND vb Wy CLK Q5 DTCII4YKA NZ z lt V5 POWER 4 ti ol AGND_V5 ETN 2 v5 1 0 47 16 12V A BUS surr sel down 1 o x EM x 5 02 07 STZ C716 P707 0 0 5703 zx 1562 test tone EOAX3 1 0 M4AU AGND 08 2 GIL S 10P S2L2 EF 10 E 5713 522 8 825 04 surr sel u 1 115 S E 1 1692 45 2 1552 speaker Gk eve 5704 574 gt 3 5 5 a 0701 1 1 1 1 o E 21 AGND DTC114YKA gt gt Ss SSS z uo a 2 wo tuning down 1502 4 amp 2 2 1592 channel 18 15218218 CEYE 5705 9715 AGND AGND AS 5 BI COLOR LED B PLATE SPRING o2 2 pl SIL S2 tuning u pex E eS 155
44. A daa am ue aa GR M 168 a Gm m s gt Y 1 204 MM1501 1 201 MM1505 8 5 SY COM 5 gt 0 Pb SC e gt 5 9 Wer O DRAWN 204 MM1501 IC209 MM1511 IC205 MM1501 IC202 MM1505 OSD CHECKED LC74763 12203 MM1505 PIN 5 X TAU 17M PAL 5 MONOTOR RELEASED QUALITY CONTROL TITLE AVR 500 BLOCK DIAGRAM DRAWING NO REV SCALE HMS STAGE 33 AVR7300 harman kardon CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION 1 SURROUND CIRCUIT DIGITAL INPUT COAXIAL 1 5 DGND DGND COAXIAL 3 icri Bie TER Sa External Memor RXP6IGPOS 8 Format L Audio fld amay COAXIAL 4 222 bic IN Interface OPTICAL 1 LI 4 n 1206 OPTICAL 2 L NI Sue vA ui OPTIACL 3 L 4 OPTICAL 4 x poo Programmable DIGITAL OUTPUT pox soon Multstandard COAXIAL AOUTA B Audio Decoder i Em 2225 GPIO and lO OPTICAL 1 Y read ACE mr Box soma ee Controller our g m fo x DSP ANALOG INPUT 252 PLL Clack Dehua Por Parallel or Serial ANALOG Manag 1 Host Interface ADUTA4 Q ADUT
45. Cas va usen Sas Ones o ET ET e 19 TEJ 855 5955 e 2222 kha kil 6 2 559 e 10 e on 8 e ee 53 Oa Zes e cc e ef er lt ge 29 e 28 5 e ou 4 8 052 9 e 239 ome Im 306 E 27 a d e e amti e 9 T OD ee erm 9 e pet 33 L e T e e e o o e 5 CETO m m n 6 082 an e 52 17 e mim am Md a Ss 9 e e E e o E amp e mim e 5 5 5 007 co Qe ee 0 s 88 85 e i 4 o 229 2 8 e 9 v a He Ad e 7 8 e e e 9 e e E sP aa a9 89 e El e T ee mim mim 2 5 9 e 2228 9 e189 a e m E m 5 eo eign 2106 e 5 e e aa m e e 5 DER TI e EN o o 5 4 amp 5 gt e ee 99 E 224 4 e e 1955 e e MINI e 852 5592 a UEM e v 24000 e 8520 e e
46. e 9 3 9 0000 ED qhOOS eS nM 54 y O O 6 133 300 SUPPLY MP pcb Mon May 1 10 04 46 2004 2000 lt 20000 511 O00 2O OO 104 VID3 VID2 0 VID2 VID1 VID1 ULTI TOP SIDE AVR SO0VIDEO mp 2 pcb Fri May 14 20 55 49 2004 134 FDS 10 V5 R 3 010 py 0 05 4 VID5 S T GND NJ607 28 NJ604 kam Ju ee GND c a un 66 0 624 C648 lt E 601 50649 dy RGB Y CHECK 7 0607 IC606 IC605 SUPER SC PAX S jm 5V 050 IN B 2 5 m 5V 62 m 06 227 0632 S 6V Cm om C657 2 09 E 5 C631 24V E m m pa 4 oun ZEE C629 ta SINGAL CHECK 10815 RODS RE rodeo m ES elie elle 40f40A QUT 065 mim m d e A 4 58 UU C536 4094CLK am 8 2 0835 harman ardon _ ns 1094AN wa N x AVR7300 VIDEO GND 1 59 Esa mh PBD05KVDB20 1 R712 IN B c2 L
47. e memes woes EE e EE x GENERAL 20 2 250 1000 2 4 0 5 83 CREE No PARTS PARTS NAME DWG NO MATERIAL FINISH MODEL MAKER eec Ims 158 e 1 841 594 e FT e aa aa Rev NO 2
48. 1N4148 diode 2058322101 After approximately two weeks of being disconnected from AC supply even a normally functioning receiver may lose any programmed settings and switch to default settings 50 AVR7300 harman kardon AVR7300 Electrical Parts List SS ____ Eee Ref Designator Part Number 2 2 MAIN PCB x Capacitors 220 223 226 CEHDCO108NN 3 CE 1MIOF 20 6 3V 8X11 5 85C ELITE C339 344 369 CEHECO1075E 8 CE 100U0F 20 10 0V 5X11 85C P5MM 3 311 313 320 321 324 CEHEC02275E 9 CE 220UF 20 10 0V D6 3XL11 P5MM 85C CEHFCO1075E 1 CE 100UF 20 16 0V D6 3XL11 P5MM 85C C364 CEHFC04765E 3 CEA7UF 20 16 0V D5XL11 P5MM 85C C213 216 219 222 225 228 231 232 341 CEHICO1055E 6 CE 1UF 20 50V D5XL11 85C 352 C201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 CPIKC0473NN 0 CPF 47NOF 10 100 0V C251 255 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 298 301 CZJII0101BE 2 CCCFMIC 100 5 5 50 0V 0603 302 303 353 354 355 CCCFMIC 27 5 5 50 0V 0603 CAP CHIP 15 10 10 50 0V X7R 0603 CAP CHIP 8N2F 10 10 50 0V X7R 0603 C6 215 218 224 227 230 272 306 308 310 315 317 319 346 362 CZZFIO104BF 8 CAP CHIP 100NOF 80 20 16 0V Y5V 0603 CCCFMIC 100 5 5 50 0V NPO 0603 CAP CHIP 100NOF 80 20 16 0V Y5V 0603 0 Semiconductors 221222 H01 TR2SA933ANW
49. SW MUTE v7 SB MUTE S MUTE 1510 C MUTE 5 NC F MUTE 20 11 11 15V 15 10 9 G G 9 Ol G G 810 5 15V 40 C O s 3 3V 3 3V 510 4 6 4 5VD 5VD 310 ol 5VA 5VA 20 oH D GND MAIN VIDEO PROCESSOR 148 CN 2 0 04P harman kardon AVR7300 CONNECTOR B DS 2 0 19P CNT 1 B D REVISION RECORD ECO NO APPROVED 0 2 0 19 CNT 2 B D PROCESSOR N501 N107 1 0 1 0 AN G AN G OP 8 0 8 0 ol AN G AN G ol FL FL ol AN G AN G AN G AN G 12 on SL SL o AN G AN G 0 0 0 9 SR SR 9 ol AN G AN G 6 CTR 618 7 6 6 AN G AN G 6 2 SW SW 2 510 4 AN G AN G 4 0 0 SBL SBL 6 OP AN G AN G 2 6 6 SBR SBR 6 N208 N509 B DS 2 0 19P B D 2 0 19P A BUS A BUS 6 AN G AN G A BUS A BUS 117 6 6 AN G AN G 5 5 SBR SBR h4 AN G 5 3 SBL SBL AN G AN G 12 S W S W ol AN G AN G 0 ol CTR CTR 9 6 AN G AN G 6 7 SR SR 710 6 AN G 0 6 6 5 SL SL 210 4 0 0 4 0 0 3 FR FR 3 o2 AN G AN G 2 6 1 FL FL 1 DRAWN MAIN PROCESSOR DATED JAN 03 2005
50. Y G 12 2003
51. e 100 1 164 3 FL GND 110 2 59 5 EEGA BITE lt DB UZ9V1 S 5 1 139 10 16 8229 0 216 gt gt 1 SI gt F B 5 5 35 B NES 2 2068 5 5 2K2 1 16W en 5 528 5 5 5 3 o S2 4 42 5 3 8235 1k5 1 16W O xn 1 47001716 100 1 16W CIE amp C137 33PF 8 24V 5 o VIDEO4 AM 879 8184 100 1 16W C19 447 16 tt gt gt 7 M C1 33PF elg 5 5 5 IC6 47 16 47 16 8 3 lt Sle lis 1C9273F 004 C102 C103 gt EU 2 NY gt L 5 R78 ERES 58 18 22 sl 85 PTE 26212 hoo 1 16W 8171 100 1 16W Q25 026 ER 25 5 024 m 5 5 114 R172 300 1 16W KTD1304 e AN KTD1304 5267 07 4 DVD L 4 25 IC KIC9162AF AM FR KT 2 DTATIAYKA 2 5 24 1 vss vpol28 C109 C108 gi cas 8 8 8 VID2 L 23 VID2 R 2 2 27 QUT 47 16 47 16 R354 470 1 16W 10 16 6 AA 26 Wh R108 470 1 16W R30 100 1 16W IAPE L 8 21 TAPE R VIDI QUT i 28 VIDI R OUT mpm 54 8242 100 1 16W C145 47 16 GND 210 BES zs TES R280 100 1 16W C158 47 16 ER NJM2068 S i 19 Vin5 R S 7 cnn 410 2 10121771 17 MAIN RO 5 2 Ain RINZL LER R355 470 1 16w SL 6160 10 16 gt 3 SL 515 2 5
52. m e mim e e mim e e e aN ik E e e 2 CN 2 SN H o e e a Tg mi e 28 e 9 9 EE E EE 55252 co 1 9 9 2 88 22 e P 00000 4 25267 6 o0 08986666 o o 00909909 555592000009 2 00000000 0000 T T e as san J ME up O 143 Q e FID2 FID3 2 3343AN02 33 OOOC ODOL harman kor C207 T TE MIERS 02 0 30 PCNA 000 93 PBDOSKE AI AR 25 2004 MP Es nda n M ig ee ala gt L123 Qm 25 8158 mim NR 01e IN cp TT um mans EE emot cz amp m m m 222 wa xo EL 32 9 AIT mmm FID a L104 8122 87 C155 C154 153 les miu i i7o MiB 107 inniti E gt 252 ENS 225 m 2 z R117 cif NN EB 2 B a A z mm 166 801 7 a C235 22
53. wo wi l a lt gt 1 a 5 m m m m J Osis 72225555 e mou uut e a 25 lt gt E 140 DOG Q 900699 oo 000000000000000000 22225 9000 a e c a mw 000 van 2 06 naas 000000 00000 4 5 eu STE 5 20mm 666 66 6 66 66 000 2 ee E mim 39 aren b e e 0 1 mim 1 e 9 1 79 _ e e 28 e EEE ES E ES 3 im ei 1 eS ous io eR era 3 i e mim 9 va 5 OESO mm mm 015 TBI IE mim K TE mm T E e mm isis m a AEA mium mis os mim 0254 HA EHA 5 02 0 21 85 52 o THES eo i d 9 oo e On e a Ares mimi nn e T e e exco e mmi presen mmi e e 29 mim CEN ES 3333 e lt 5 mj e 85022540264 e 21 e Qu ja mia AE 28 a 020 mim oral 840
54. 1 25 4137 0 TR SHPLF 2504137 100MIOA 20V Q417 517 617 717 1 25 4883 8 TR SHPLF 25 4883 2 0A 0418 419 518 519 618 619 718 719 1 25 5200 6 TRANSISTOR NPN 28C5200 O 220 0402 403 502 503 602 603 702 703 1 080155244 2 DIODE 155244 220V EU Resistors El R406 407 408 506 507 508 606 607 608 706 707 708 01011 0 RCF 100150 OHM 5 250MIOW R401 501 601 701 RC3DIO1021N 9 1KO OHM 5 250MIOW R444 445 544 545 644 645 744 745 RC3DIO1221N 3 1K2 OHM 5 250MIOW R420 421 422 423 520 521 522 523 620 621 622 623 720 721 722 723 RC3DIO1511N 7 150 OHM 5 1 4W R403 404 503 504 603 604 703 704 RC3DIO01521N 5 1K5 OHM 5 250MIOW R424 425 446 524 525 546 624 625 646 724 725 746 01531 3 RCF 15KO OHM 5 250MIOW RCF 180 OHM 5 250MIOW 22080 OHM 5 250MIOW RCF 47080 OHM 5 250MIOW R455 470 555 570 655 670 755 770 802 RC3DIOA73IN 7 RCF 47K OHM 5 250MIOW R457 557 657 757 RC3DIO560IN 1 RCF 56 OHM 5 250MIOW R414 415 416 417 418 419 514 515 516 517 518 519 614 615 616 617 618 619 714 105611 RCF 560150 OHM 5 250MIOW 715 716 717 718 719 RCF 620 OHM 5 250MIOW B401 402 403 404 501 502 503 504 601 2 4 1 44 15300 4 LF BEADS 44 1530HM 100MHZ FB 30 HC 3550 R440 441 442 443 540 541 542 543 640 641 642 643 740 741 742 743 HO1 RM3EG0100LN A RMF 1080 OHM 5 500MIOW RW 220 10 OHM 5 5 0W 100
55. 136 AVR S00 SCHAMP MP pcb Fri May 14 16 50 49 2004 ASS ASS 18 5 Afret 4 8 1084 103 o 000060000 V LOBd 2 871084 10 4 ASS 504 1378 5 465 1855 ASG 086 Sar 0 0 0 0 0 0 C 5 5064 FROM 4CH Posistor 7300 PBD05KA4 20 AVR o 20 2005 TMS harman kardon 4CH CON B D o 2 SURR R o CONVEYER e e 23 3 gt 09 l FI 4 E E 5 2 A gt Qm O T6LV 13 2007 VCBBFOSZ A 468 o R537 2541360 37 0 0 Dj 533 8 089 LEYA a Q TOL V LA O 6989050 1190 m R637 3 2887950 1120 em RIS offset ad i 3 Bg 4500 6 offset adj adj idle J406 J506 P601 5 Afat 8 0 084 0188 4606 9705 1706 5 0722 ol R745 R747 9029 0 0 0 0 0 0701 R756 R757 i Od HO 8457 R448 1973 9092 1525 2914 06 4 2 Seid LOr 989 7850 dA 7000 66 To lt EOFN 6401 Oclv V
56. 92142 23 eo e Ede 500 FrontMP2 pcb Fri May 14 20 42 55 2004 129 GRAIN 10 SUPPLY e uS 000000000 0 7 000000000 000 ET sess sa 9 e ee e e 9 LED 8 niei B 444V e 7 1 8 5 7 FL AC 2 o m 2 6 FL AC e ri 5 ST BY ON R706 eoe gt 9 5 J162 5 3 POWER DOWN gt 2 GND 15 B e e e ele um m J144 e J101 z200 3 88 T 5 0 NC e 4149 8 T Z 9 e 1E ST B1 0N Harman Kardon o 9 4 ST BY 46V AVR7300 FRONT B D ES 9 e 07 recon APRIL 14 2004 MP e s r 5 e 1 20 22 0 PBDOSKFCI20 1 po CoO 4 LED GREEN 8 716 8 8 8 5 nege 6 e 0 0 874268 HB m e eU SURR MODE lt lt SURROUND SELECT gt gt lt lt _TUNNING gt gt lt lt PRESET gt gt lt lt _SOURCE_ gt gt TUN MODE 702 703 704 705 706 707
57. 9525 loa 18 1 0 0 5 1 87 TAO 89 oa HSMN gt zzooaaaaaa cay gt gt 59 gt gt lt 9 gt lt gt lt gt 5 Ix ISO Ita gt o 5 gt 529522 12 5 2 25 225 225 1 ao PAN 2727 lt 08200220 gt o X a 29509 2 lt gt lt lt gt gt E al EL oe a a a a 33 E 55 23 2 S 588 5 8 amp x 1 HSYNC1_PORT1 S 2 sl 5 Sls 2 VSYNC1_PORT1 VID_OUT7 et L3 FIELD 101 PORT VID_OUT6 4 IN_CLK1_PORT1 VID 0 5 A 5 HSYNC2_PORT1 VID_OUT4 6 VSYNC2_PORT1 VID_OUT3 7 FIELD ID2_PORT1 VID_OUT2 Pid 5VSTBY 5V 5VA 0015 5 vigour 1 03 8145 4084 Ei 1105 7 B 120RC S m IN CLK2_PORT TEC 1K 03 46 1106 50 8 1208 5 12 PORTI AI VID 00715 5 13 PORTI A2 VID OUTI4 3 se 1K 03 R147 1107 0 B 120RC S 14 PORTI A3 VID_OUT13 05 8147 4084 2 5 O 6 PORTI_A4 00712 8195 5518 P102 BYPASS 7 16 0 1 1 8 VID OUT 2 2 2 CON 2 54 10X2 0 0 es 17 VSScore IC FLI2300 OUT10 OO 9 10 BS So 18 PORT1_A5 VSScore 52 59 19 PORT1_A6 VDDcore7 1 8 OSDIN 12 PBIN_T 20 PORTI A7 VID 0019 OO 21 PORTI BO VID OUT8 slo oft 23 PORTI B2 VID QU122 Eo
58. UB NS e CN 3 96 02P o lt lt o B N802 Do oc ols gt N C615 oz Sos Sr 5 I mo 10N M E 25 ge go 218 es eS 821 857 gS go Sa oa 2471 0615 Q614 2SA1859A 35022200 0618 R Q607 Q608 Q609 2565200 5 0606 KTA1268 BL 2SA1360 Y 2SA1360 Y 1 aco 2SA1370 Y m H BED H 8 R626 F2R2 1 2W 7L 1 BEAD I Q622 2K2 1 4W AM 8644 KTC3200 BL Front R 285 sig 8636 R640 R642 Ko e e 215 dE E 0 6V F15 1 2W F10 1 2W F10 1 2W 526 10 16 5 est 5 alee ly 561 CN 3 96 02P SK71 CN 3 96 02P E eo o 254 Si 0 22 5W D Q2 5 0 988 M 4 1 N603 4 1 N703 Sol on t t 3 oU L 0 6V 2557 5 0 R671 0 R672 5 xe 2 e 5 0 2 e 1 F15 1 2W 6 3 6 3 02 1015 Ses sls al eo Idle Adi R641 R643 2808 8649 525878 5 Sm ETE s e 54 ost F10 1 2W F10 1 2W 22 231 CN 2 5 05P 15 Ta i H3 SET 244 TO PRECESSOR B D 51 2 90 5 3 5 5 8208 258136001 Er es HT 1 2 3 7 8 e ol E 1 20 405 o Offset Adj PT dis O 5 F2R2 1 2W 2SA1943 2SA1943 peer 2 A d asl o B PROIEC R R608 Q604 Q610 Q611 lt B C862 R670 100 1 4W KTC3200 BL 2503423 2503423 Bz ois
59. 0607 25 0707 4N7 M 100V D60 47K 0 e C616 idle adj S 1N4003 03 25 e O ome 0603 e o e 5 _ 5 ae ox ibn KTC3200 BL 2 5 222 s 2 oN T e 11 55 SIE Q623 3 7 _55v 0723 7 8 r I E 13 503 5 0 2 el SS s Fee 0609 155244 e e8 e Ta KTC3198 BL 220 KTC3198 BL 1 OF u 8 215 0o pat E18 5 55 216 R656 or R756 3 96 02 0605 225 59 2 SAS m O SP AM N404 1 KTC3198 BL 15 iS S 4 4 24 C864 5 2 P MUTE Bx of P MUTE EN MIGO On x Orn o 2 PROT B Su 7 PROT A oH C562 P606 22 UT 4N7 M 100V 6 x LC ST 1 E 0702 55244 V 55V CP LG ST 07P 77 et M 59 2 5 TEE 5 e oF e 110 555 ES Sis gt 5151 CN 3 96 02P e Eo 58 81 8 Be Co 04 C564 bss 2 25155 8 4N7 M 100V e ON N 2 e 0714 1 1 25 1859 8 avez 28C3423 Y 0801 EXT C662 I 2 1024 1 ios 0707 0708 SS 2505200 2565200 4N7 M 100V o 2SA1370 Y KTA1268 BL 2SA1360 Y 2SA1360 Y e i O _ 1 8726 F2R2 1 2W L 27 0722 5 4 2 2k2 1 4W 7 TC3200 BL Center ME n 0 8 0802 470 1 4W 8 3 56 02 5 Sos CHS C701 518 3 0 ERE neoa a C6
60. 6 5 23 FDBDA SCLKN GPIO22 86 lt vFD CLK O AM gt SS SCLK VFD BLK 8526 LEE i 24 FDAT2 LRCLKN GPIO23 85 LRCK VFD DI 220 1 16W 28 SoS 25 DBDA NCS 84 e e vrD sTB O 1 40 vec 8 1 100 16 55 aos RX21 10KX4 26 beck NC4 s 05 5 2 2 13 IC18 DATA3 EXTD3 53840050 00 A3 27 1 70 VDDSD1 SDSTANO GPIO24 82 05 REMOCON IN C6 330PF SN 300RC 0805 _ SDATANO Sek Ti 12 229 ee a es one ext Z SI BY 6V O 4 EE 4 T RS SAL 1G vec AM 29 FDATO DATAS EXTD5 SDSTAN2 GPIO26 80 330PF 25 aia W JSDATAN2 01 A4 eo Oh T 101 22 50 2 9 10K 1 16W 30 NV WE GPIO16 SDSTAN3 GPIO27 79 2 51 817 ON 5 10 xe IS 9 4 4 3 3VD_GND 1A1 2G R6 0 1 16W lt JSDATAN3 POWER DOWN ce A2 04 I 4 PSI 3 8 R7 OT 31 NV OE GPIO15 50 CAS 78 RESET VCC gt 224 1Y1 nc Sale 02 A5 5 33 8 1158 G 5 1 n oU 32 NV CS GPIO14 Bue d E _SD RAS 77 7 SR s Se 5 gt 1A2 2 4 33 SD WE eS lt xxx 2 SD ADDR3 EXTAS 76 CND 09 Sl 6429 5 amp BS 55 eS 5 ovg iv2 8 34 SD DATAO EXTDO 55 58 8 x 5 KS SD ADDR2 EXTA2 75 lt gt O MI oe Sol eue gt 5 35 SD DATA1 EXTDI LS BS X
61. AVR7300 harman kardon Pe Logo Fro La Rs OR Logic Ernulation mede A a OF MPEG 2 Bulo ele Upto Discrolo 5 1 Discrete Erziblo Charmel AC DTS Dolby Digital MPEG Application Cade HP3 In Dolby Digital PCM CHPDAT DAI Ta DSPC FIG 1 4 Dolby Digital Block Diagram Configured for Dolby Digital AC 3 Decoding ME IL L ilin Pra L 1 zi Erna lation mada FIG 1 5 Dolby Surround Pro Logic Surround 2Fs Decoder Block Diagram 41 6 DTS 7 DTS 96 24 AVR7300 harman kardon Pro Logic or Pio La Do Encoded PCM OR It in Pro Lee or Pro zn A ITS OR Logic Emulation mode MPEG einem channels Pro Logie Pro Logie II Matrix Bua dale ol 54 Dizcrain Enabl DERE AC 3 OTS CTS Dahal MPEG Multichanned Surround Decade Up to s CMPD AT DAI FIG 176 DTS Block Diagram 51 Discrete EINER th 2 Up io s Disc robo XS elec 3 DTS DTS Digital MPEG Surround 9 Base Fraime Dec cer and PCM Upsampler
62. FRAMEDOORR j 7 HOf ZPD0522GABT 3 WINDOW DISPLAY AVR7300 68 AVR7300 harman kardon TAPEDOOR HOT ZVCTIDWTI200 5 TAPEPANEL 7 014 DAMPERGEARDP120 7 HOT ZVCTTITUNEO1 7 TUNER MODULE KST MBO11MWO 81US 7 1972058 5 19 7X19 7X2TBK 7 ZKC1222HA002 LABELRISK __ ZKC1220HA007 LABELDATE 0 LABELQCCHECK zkpossohAoo8 7 SERIAL 30045 ZKD0573HA00 9 7 LABEL BARCODE AVR7300 US 7 ZKDO584HA00 0 LABELLICENSEAVR7300US _ 7 zkGEN9rhAoo3 MAIN POWER REMIND HOf ZMC12819400 2 7 88 4045844 M4 HEXAGON CIRCULAR EXTERNAL BUTTONPOWER 2 8 BUITON8KEY BUITONSTANDBY 2 9 INDICATOR STAND BY 4 7 101758 6 HOLDERVFDAVR430630 ___ x 0 2 102 1 INDICATORVIDEO4 FOOT50MM158MM Z9MWM408E 2 SCREWM S M4X8 W H ZN PLATED JZSTBMOM8TZ3 5 5 18 03 DOUBLE SIDE TAPE 4615 3M ZSTBM30088Y1 SCREWST BH3X8 ZSTBM3010BB5 JSCREWST BH3XI0 ZSTBM3012BDYA SCREWSTBH3XI2PIVOT IhHolzMpo5S19A006 BRACKET
63. N602 11121314512161718 22 8 5 20 veces voc ae e eee 0 AVR SOOVIDEO mp 2 pcb 2000 20000 OOO 2O OO 904 e90000000000000000009 e C ef Fri May 14 20 37 20 2004 e e oo 8 9 8 8 e E e e woo 0007 090 000 0690 090 090 090 3 4 9e9 008 000 0060 00 129 9 9 5 e 20 50 m em k e 0 l 95 5 ee c M m E e i ee cos lt ao Se Le eo e RT 7 7 SSO o e 4 e rm E e 2 e ee 9 0 e 6 9 9 e e e 2 e lt e e e e e 9 Ca Ca o b e e e e mm 2120 8 o gag e m me s 2 2 e 0 m 2 om mm lt gt 2339mm 393 e s 9 m o m o 52941 e mia e mmo jum e 1 e e e 9 o m e mm e 95 cag o 5 e 6 9 ma
64. R E e 4 8 85 SELECTOR 88 188 C624 g 9 9 E E 607 78 7 1 16 1600 78 7 1 16 1 2 MULTI s SELECTOR VID4 VID5 SELECT 0 1 16W gt ad Mu Hb Modem atum II teta 2 28 C648 ST pe VIDS H 7 4 SEREN LY sis 609 4094 CONTROL 61 4094 MUTI CONTROL 2 e z V4 V5 SELECTOR Q1 NJM2296 SW1 Q1 NJM2296 SW1 VID4 L dz d cesi I NM1232 02 NJM2296 SW2 Q2 NJM2296 SW2 E T wa NJM2296 53 03 NJM2296 53 x 5 ioo veeg NJM2296 4 04 NJM2296 4 ZN gt wi 05 NJM2296 5 05 NJM2296 5 C626 ERROR 252 a Q6 CV SY IN SELECT 06 VID 4 5 SEL g PEU CV S C SELECT T C634 i Q8 VID 4 5 SEL Q8 5 TOUF 1 5 SEL 98 Category AV RECEIVER Model AVR 7300 gt 608 B D name C628 i O 3 _ 220UF 10V 4 VIDEO 1 53 Approved Drawing No 52 96 62 I 1 SEP 10 2003 MONITOR VID1 IN VID2 IN DVD IN MON OUT 10 5
65. RCF 1K8 OHM 5 1 4W RCF 220R0 OHM 5 250MIOW RCF 33K0 OHM 5 250MIOW RCF 47K OHM 5 250MIOW R114 115 116 117 118 119 214 215 216 217 218 219 314 315 316 317 318319 FC3DI0561IN A RCF 56080 OHM 5 250MIOW RCF 620 OHM 5 250MIOW RCF 68K OHM 5 1 4W RMF 33K0 OHM 1 250MIOW 2 143 240 241 242 243 340 HO1 RM3EGO100LN A 134 135 234 235 334 335 H0O1 RM3EG0101LN 1 RESISTOR METAL OXIDE 100 OHM 1 2W 5 59 AVR7 300 harman kardon Ref Designator 3 CHANNEL AMP EEE 222222222 52022 22222222221 R136 137 236 237 336 337 H01 RM3EGO150LN 4 RESISTOR METAL OXIDE 15 OHM 1 2W 5 R132 133 232 233 332 333 H01 RM3EG022ALN 0 RESISTOR METAL OXIDE 282 OHM 1 2W 5 R110 210 310 H01 RM3EGO820LN 9 RESISTOR METAL OXIDE 82 OHM 1 2W 5 R113 213 313 01 1 26711 6 RES CARBON FILM 2K67 OHM 1 5W 1 R130 131 230 231 330 331 H01 RM3FC0560BN 5 RESISTOR METAL OXIDE 56 OHM 1W 5 R171 172 271 272 371 372 1 228 8 RW 2201 10 OHM 5 5 0W 100PPM C 100PPM C Miscellaneous B101 102 103 104 201 202 203 204 301 302 303 304 01 44 15300 4 LF BEADS 44 1530HM 100MHZ FB 30 3550 G302 303 H01 ZNMSA4004SN 4 TERMLUG GND N309 NIRE ASS Y 3 96MM 3P 160 300 380MM UL1007 16 STR N310 Em me ASS Y 3 96MM 140 260 370MM UL1007 16 STR N311 H01 WGO03SE82000 2 WIRE ASS Y 3 96 200MM 1007816 RED N306 01 5035 82300 8 WIRE ASS Y 3 96 230 2
66. a c T GL I e o Ly 7 6 ri May 14 17 57 45 2004 e 06 mo 9000000 000006 e 2 9 o 39 e e e 2 e e e e e CSSA 66 ero o n e 9 eje AS x m m 05 o e 19 JT uam d 2 5 e E m E e u 2 2 D o 9 2 e je e e e et e 4 5 e el e Qt Pe C e ae coco EE NUS o E s 000 555800000000000090 e 1 eee e e le s MIC s lt Bs a 5 e e 29 e l ee e e LIDS ene 1220 e 9 900 eene e d 80 Se MT me 99 e o 8 090760 _ e _ C
67. d tri HS II E HE EE HE augata m ALAT An L GMPCLK FSCLEN CHMPDAT FSDATAHZ CMPREG 2 FSCLKMI STCCLK2 LL BRI VSS amp FLRCLEH1 LZ PLLVSS FILT1 FILT FLLVDD m Lm XTALI LLL aca L 77 V556 VEDE SCDOLIT SCDIO m SLE LL 1 amp 2 CE GUT GFICH T LL RESET 11 UU HL LLL E Few BP _ 8 88 888 lt 0 35 EF gaa E xe rie CE gz EL HEEE E 8 3 ood in m uw 87 SD 5D EXTA18 VDIDSD ADDRA ADDRS EXTAS 50 EXTAG SD ADDHRT EXTA ADDRE ADDRB 30 DATAS EXTA11 50 DATAB EXTA T2 50 EXTA13 0 DaTA11 14 80 DATA12 15 50 EXTA17 50 EXTA1H 50 DaTAT 50 DATAE EXTDG VDDSS 04 50 DATAS 50 50 DATAS harman Kardon 0 harman kardon VPC3230D IC VIDEO DECODER FAROUDJA PART 10 Analog Adaptive Color Y 2D Scaler Output Y OUT Front end Comb Decoder PIP Formatter Filter CrCb NTSC Pa
68. my 506 R59 470 1 16 2 22 NJM2088 S e T S 17 Some NJM2068 S x 55 x x 5267 05 100 50 5 9 1 16 043 6 1026 8 C181 R240 5 1 1 16 2 AV 31 uA DTATAYKA 044 n z x 04 5 8 GND CLK R145 Vinc ew EP POS 8 5 7 GND 1 1 1K 1 16W 8360 4 C172 10 16 WA 1K 1 16W C200 2 8CH DSP INPUT SEL SBR 1K 11869 SBR 2 R138 R312 5K1 1 16W gt gt BQ R144 AN 4 1 25825 N I 215 A R314 100 1 16W C175 47 16 END 3 MULTI 2068 5 127 ms zo 1K 1 16W 10 5dB SW GAIN 0 Wi JM2068 S 5 199 als 5dB ali R139 al x 2 04 6 x mol Tog OTs e Wy 79 100 1 16W 1 2 KIC9459F 1K 1 16W 25195 8 N zz S 1 24V 5 M T 100 1 16W T M C197 059 R63 100 1 16W elo R140 10 16 KTD1304 LT a NC Blo 470 1 16W 1K 1 16W 1K 1 16W i y b 2 us R343 R77 100 1 16 R288 C201 R125 R148 ski 505 Sel 100 1 16W 47 16 1K 1 16W 470 1 16W 6 5267 06 Zo gt gt E 2 wo 5 ee a 3 R n 5 5 06 rz 5 9 Krpuo4 8 869 SKI 1 16W S 2 1 o 8 C68 33PF 2 kTD1304 5 Es 8 5 5 AES D UM T Ta D Sings 1 25 5 5
69. o 9 000000000000000000 ym 8 107 09 9 harman kardon 215 au 5 AVR7300 DSP 87 BTE Ds sax e ee PBD05KDGB20 2 ceo C320 C321 C204 C203 M C233 32 e e 155 BEN e 022 19 SPK RLY mm mmm ud h l m cigs e ma E R 245 17 SW MU C150 IC50 R240010 5 1036 BN 0223 16 58 U e C134 mora Niro m jm 306 C307 C308 C309 15 5 MU Ros uomo mE 14 C MUTE e I 2 27 MN 13 F MUTE 1 mme C206 Os NICA mu mum 5 C241 12 NC S EET R222 e mm 2 11 NC TUB m R223 C226 o a 9 10 15V RI manO o E PS 57 C452 C453 e 9 A GND Bx ec n 99 NIS HH 8 al um 7 415V e EN 032 num o NL LL 28 6 GND nr 208 C207 8220 mim C Uu 81 GT is 2 0 C139 E55 C408 c409 040 041 4 GND o ict 227 MINI L 101 2 45V 717 c f T C152 C213 C473 elle elle elle elie 858 C450 C451 NN C
70. s s B 9 emp Lelei ieie I I 1 p Es 221 21 25225 0608 1 101 lel e ka p 8 xd 0000000000 ee em Im C103 exl ae 000000 e 3 o E 98125587 85155 e 2 N C109 me Ne 5 1 5 5 1010107010 101 I 12 13 GRAIN 2 me 126 GRAIN m n C124 5 p 5 eie 08 24 A S 5 22 1 dq ES o CN j FEES C CN N SERE TI 41 j l A d M gt T V J V VI NA y Bg NP A e L x X CONVEYER 1 GRAIN e e J124 e ONS 9 48 15 G e e 704 MA 2 LNI dA 1 R770 R772 R774 Lo R776 1 2
71. 2 COLLECTOR 3 BASE 5 06 DSP Q611 PROCESSOR 02 05 SUPPLY 0452 0453 0454 0455 0456 0460 MILLIMETERS LLIMETEES E 4mMax i 4 50 370 I EMITTER 2 BASE 3 COLLECTOR 94 AVR7300 MPSA56 PROCESSOR Q4 Q6 C B E 25C3423 harman kardon DIM 7 i C 0 55 MAX l EMITTER 2 BASE 3 COLLECTOR 3CH AMP Q110 Q111 Q114 Q210 Q211 Q214 Q310 Q311 Q314 4CH 0410 0421 0414 0510 0511 0514 0610 0611 0614 0710 0711 0714 25 4137 3CH Q112 Q212 Q312 4CH 0412 0512 0612 0712 8 3 1 0 1 14 0 1 2 COLLECTOR 3 BASE FD fig 8841 igure 1 _1 4 0 2 3 20 2 The face 3 3 ip back 63 19 Marking of MADE THAILAND CUT H 1 Emitter 2 Collector 3 Baga 2 30 5 KELP T Pointed end Pointed end UNIT mm AVR7300 harman kardon UNIT mm 25 1360 Q108 Q109 Q208 Q209 Q308 Q309 Q116 Q216 Q316 4 0408 0409 0508 0509 0608 0609 0708 0709 0416 0516 0616 0716 075 015 j 8 N 3 4 1 2 COLLECTOR 3 25 4883 3CH AMP Q117 Q217 Q317 4CH Q417 Q517 Q617 Q717 525 1859 3CH AMP Q115 Q215 Q315 4CH Q415 Q515 Q615 Q715 96 AVR7300 harman kardon 25 1943 3 0120 0121 0120 0221 0320 0321 4CCH AMI Q420 0421 Q520 Q521 Q620 Q621 Q72
72. 5 28 oes 460 z A a 12 o gt g ES 5 212 3 e 25 328 5 s Sane Zoe 3 2 a al A ie S N SIN ON REG B D a e m lt gt om a lt a x D m gt gt m LL s CN 2 0 06P o 2 N813 2005 O X ac x LL CN 2 0 04P 812 Category A V RECEIVER AVR7300 TO PROCESSOR B D REVISION RECORD NO Date Contents SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM harman kardon AVR7300 B D TO PROCESSOR B D TO PROCESSOR B D
73. 5 r BEI 4 1090 E pum o ae 1645 112 ri May 14 14 40 20 2004 4 DC D R OU A P v T y e 2 e 4 fe y e Ol ee 9 m 9 2 27 33 9 in f ee orfo opt E s 65447554 SHOP ge eel 2 a a a ee ome e e e 6 9 o o 9 e el e om ae 0 f car 99 EB eee _ mE mm mm ZI mm ra mm e oe 000 9 0 0 7 7 9996 00 0 0 e mu 7500 Main MP pcb Fri May 14 17 58 03 2004 R7300 Main M D pcb a e e e e Ue am mum m C51 C3 103 7 C213 5 C21 TC
74. AVR7300 harman kardon FR Offset Adj FR Idle Adj CT Offset Adj CT Idle Adj offset adj idle adjy f CON WEYER gt nU ou JU pg 00 J pcm e TIT 1 5 5 Check Position FL Idle Check Position SL Idle Check Position SBL Idle Check Position 8064 66 i 0 1 a offset odj idle 1 4 lm n 14 47 AVR7300 SR Idle Check Position SBR Idle Check Position 9421 25 194 3 0 pee mmn F mi HIO quei MM 48 FR Idle Check Position al nni harman kardon CT Idle Check Position AVR7300 harman kardon harman kardon Service Bulletin service bulletin HK2005 01 January 2005 Warranty labor rate MINOR To All harman kardon Service Centers Model AVR7300 Subject A BUS Output too High In the event you receive an AVR7300 with the complaint There is distortion when using the A BUS connection and a harman kardon AB 1 perform the following modification Synopsis Change two resistors in the AVR7300 The actual symptom is that the AB 1 is not able to totally reduce the volume down even at the minimum position on the level control so there is distortion or low level audible bleed through in Zone 2 1 Remove the top cover 18 Black amp Plated Phillips screws at the sides and rear of the unit 2 Remove
75. N ais ay 10 16 SSE wes 2 1 1 les Eis AA gt 10 16 SSE Zz ten Sr ae 10 6 SSE 4K3 1 16W 1K2 1 16W ee 6 T 100N 16V 100N 16V 1 EE 00P 50v 28 15V lt 7 100 50V 4 6172 C163 40115 inu R433 5Ke 1 16W 100N 16V gt 1K 1 16W SBR 15V 2 Y 107 N 2 152 I 10 16 SSE 150 1 16W 7 R436 A5K6 1 16W 1040 8 100 16 SSE BS C132 04 mi C436 TN EE 100N 16V D Fm 150 1 N 10 16 55 4K3 1 16W 1K2 1 16W 560P 50V 61 139 SR_ OUT gt N R4Z0 2 10 16 SSE Y 19 RI85 20K 1 16W 10 16 SSE E C458 2 ANN W AN 56 4K3 1 16W IC46 A l Lw 3 4 ok 1 16W 10K 1 16W Tc R405 gee R58 R201 150 1 168 C147 100P 50V S eei Woe 560 1 16W gt n P104 C405 5 e 5 5 o2 r 8 300RC 0805 BD 35237 04P 10 16 S5E 2615 19 SLE Nd TO 8202 150 1 16W ROTO ig e gt gt VVV Il RS 2 TS 6 5 KTD1304 114 5 o9 R186 62 4 ziv 2 0400 0402 IC30 Wi 4 10 16 SSE TES 0 W 3 5 z o 2 1K2 1 16W IC CS5361 BS OK 1 16W 20K 1 16W 10 16 SSE 7 1034 8 e 52 R464 C140 gle Spire z 5 M ZJ I mr V one us 8162 8156 64 10 16 55 0 2 oz 2 d W S a REECE M 150 1 16W m wen j a zm e R406 R422 7 R45
76. SEBEBE EERE 100N 03 827257 1 50 RLY FP2 2 1 5 ex K101 258 N nave STE 515 3 3 _ 5 1111 _ B 120RC S 0 220N 03 3900 53 77 IM 220N 03 1N5 03 220N 03 18 M 2201 3 52 T OUT dide 5 2 2 2 2020 05 ee EE Oo DIE Tee ol Lomi DTC1i4YK S 1008 03 8 C189 gt ia 1008 03 1878 03 1x 5 1008 03 yy R104 77 1008 03 R162 N C195 C190 1000 03 Ar 0 16 TA s S HHH EE UE R125 44 10 03 13 5MHZ us SQ 15 5 5 R126 10 03 10 43 3VDAC 18VDAC 155355 5 S lt R127 10 03 m T 2522 2 77 5 F3VA 30 igr 4U7H 05 150R 03 150R 03 A A A 41 8VCORE 8 2 5 1 1 1 1 1 511 1 5 d 77 ETE ETE Loa Qarla D 2 of 9 19 ra tnae HH HR BRR HE BE BEBE S 9 55 2 BE sie e e F e BB E e 225 e 2 2 o sie s sis PLLGND 2221 Lowel 2 NANR r0 e dq 2 O 665 06565 055060 Me le 5 s re OB d c SC E ull jr m 2 220 lae gum 1 INS lea e e e Q 9 gt
77. e e AM R73 R344 R64 100 1 16W 470 1 16W 1K 1 16W R74 33K 1 16W ona n 1 8 Category A V RECEIVER Model 7500 8115 33K 1 16W 5 Stage Ver Total Sheet B D name THE UNIT OF RESISTANCE IS OHM bes Mee 2 11 PROCESSOR sa 1000 1000 Zu 88848 Sus 2 TMS 1 0 6 11 THE UNIT OF CAPACITANCE IS MICROFARAD uF vocovioulco 5 41 _ 10 uF 80 35336 19 o o a 1 2 9 2 8 8 Draw Approved Date Drawing No 4 P504 503 P501 n 1 icon 31 23 22 0 4444 ol ol oooooooooooooo0 lojolo o 90070000 MEM P1 35237 0410 FROM DSP MAIN B D SEP 29 03 FROM DSP B D DSP OUT 1 56 00 FROM DSP B D FROM DSP B D 8 IN 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 2 1 N WIRING DIAGRAM NO Date Contents AC230V 50Hz EUR harman kardon AVR7300 WIRING OUTLET B D MAIN B CONNECTOR JACK 200 PBDO5KMAB20 Ed 2 FPAROUDJA PBDOSKFAI20 _ FAN
78. 10 50 0V X7R 0603 H01 CEMFCO106AH 7 CAP ELEC 10UF 16V M 5X11 P5MM SHL C51 52 185 186 211 212 230 CZZFI0104BF 8 CAP CHIP 100 80 20 16 0V Y5V 0603 C219 220 CZJII0150BE 0 CCCFMIC 15 5 5 50 0V 0603 5 CZJIIO330BE 9 CCCFMIC 5 5 50 0V NPO 0603 C215 216 217 218 CZKII0103BC 5 CAP CHIP 10NOF 10 10 50 0V X7R 0603 C93 150 CZKII0222BC 8 CAP CHIP 2N2F 10 10 50 0V X7R 0603 C213 214 CZKII0682BC 7 CAP CHIP 6N8F 50V X7R K 0603 Semiconductors 2111 11 11 ee HO1 DZMTZJSBENB 5 D 1 02 2 5 6 5 TR SLPLF 1302 20V TR SLPLF MPSA06 500MIOA TO 92 TR SLPLF 56 P 500MIOA 300V H01 ICLM02068D2 A 53 AVR7 300 harman kardon Ref Designator Part Number EEE EEE ee 10 1 9273 0 IC SWITCH TC9273F 004 505228 ANALOG SWITCH H01 TRDTC114YNI 5 TR SSD DTC114YKA N 10K0 OHM 47K0 OHM H01 TRKTD1304ND 5 TR SLPSWA KTD1304 20V 300MIOA SOT 23 2 2 H01 ICLMO2068D2 A IC OPERAMP NJM2068M DUAL SOP8 IC LOWFREQ KIC9482F TC9482F SOP28 IC19 H01 ICLMO9482DA 5 TONE VOL BAL MUTE H01 ICTC9273NDA 0 IC SWITCH TC9273F 004 SOP28 ANALOG SWITCH 28 H01 ICTC9481FDA 0 IC LOWFREQ TC9481F SOP28 TONE TR SSD DTA114YKA 10 0 OHM 47 0 OHM H01 TRDTC114YNI 5 TR SSD DTC114YKA N 10K0 OHM 47K0 OHM Q7 8 9 10 11 12 15
79. 10 50 0V X7R 0603 C804 CAP CHIP 1N2F 10 10 50 0V X7R 0603 330208 5 5 50 0V NPO 0603 C310 311 312 313 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 CZKII0272BC 4 CAP CHIP 2N7F 10 10 50 0V X7R 0603 431 C13 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 234 23 28 29 31 36 316 317 390 391 CZZFIO104BF 8 CAP CHIP 100NOF 80 20 16 0V Y5V 0603 392 393 394 468 469 612 614 617 622 624 628 629 647 650 701 705 708 710 712 714 718 719 722 724 726 728 730 732 734 2 801 803 808 809 810 814 815 816 818 819 821 829 NIN NIN e RIS QS AS EN UJ mm MO 0142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 5 23110101 2 100 5 5 50 0 NPO 0603 560 5 5 50 0V NPO 0805 CZKIIO102BC 7 CAP CHIP 1NOF 10 1096 50 0V X7R 0603 CZKIIO103BC 5 CAP CHIP 10NOF 10 10 50 0V X7R 0603 C11 12 22 26 27 239 240 241 242 448 449 CZZFIO104BF 8 CAP CHIP 100NOF 80 20 16 0V Y5V 0603 Semiconductors pU 14 78 0812 4 1 1 491 819215 H01 ICCS42528EC 0 IC31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 H01 ICM74H04MD4 2 ls li AVR7300 harman kardon Ref Designator Part Number DSP PCB Description C24 C23 Q600
80. 101 2 1 SEL O Gs So o ve Cn 33 8 8 7988 8 5 58 8 8 8 8 549400565 C 4 1 2 244 EZ 143 UHS2 _CS OUT GPIO17 110 AUDATAO RX26 10KX4 7 wigs 2 2 Baw S Eu gt ELE 9 FDAT7 144 RESET 111 CMPCLK FSCLKN2 VDD2 100 7 n gt pje 5 5 0 a F 2 8 S 2 5 5 V1 V2 DVD RGB SEL O gt a 122 EN Z 8 8 8 8 8 22 8 2 EF i lt x eg 212 lt lt lt lt lt X x 5 2Y3 172 6 10 VDD6 112 HDATA2 GPIO2 MCLK 99 st sv O amp 2 AJ 88 J J 4 5 5 98 lt 5 94 9 VSS6 SCLK1 9 2 gt gt 8 NI 143 2A3 JLT RT SCLK m 2 0 5 0 8 e 5 z 5 7 gRX23 10 4 7 12 FHSO _FWR _FDS HDATAS GPIO5 97 E ES fi 5 549400 C 2Y2 Ws 6 5 13 FHS1 _FRD _FR _W HDATAG GPIOG 96 RX25 10KX4 z pages 5 2 1 eg 2p 242 B 1 14 FDAT6 HDATA7 GPIO7 95 1 9 2 15 FCS AUDATA5 GPIO29 94 3 WV 2Y1 1 4 4 3 8 doin 4 268 16 FINTREQ AUDATAG GPI030 93 2 1 5 END 20 8 7 17 FDBCK AUDATA7 XMT958B GPI031 92 LT RT_DATA M ROOM O 4391_CONTROL 6 5 pes 549400 vil 5 23 8370 2 1 19 FDAR4 VDD1 90 409404 O 122001716 7827 4 20 7 NC 89 55 21 vss7 88 B 51 22 FDAT3 LRCLK1 87 NM O C7 39P 50 CPU CND L804 B 300RC 0805 8 2 JLT RT LRCK O
81. 2 20 48 o i 7 ESER os M 2 PROT B e 0514 7 PROT A 1 PROT 28C3423 Y 9 H 9 i 77 CP LG ST 07P 77 s 77 506 20506 2SA1560 Y 2SAT550 Y T do 2SA1370 Y R532 E F2n2 1 2w L 22 05225 s lt 25 2K2 1 4W R544 KTC3200 BL N405 43 12 8548 281 0 1 4W 6806 222 AW PRECESSOR B D CN 2 5 04P Surr back R 55 0 6V 20188 4 C501 8 reg 406 501 10 16 C517 O 58 PW at 0501 Dos 2 5 0 22 5W D 0g 2 5W 0 os 1K 1 4W Q502 x On amp 78s FEST mE 9 L501 o 4 P MulE KTC3200 BL 0 6 537 9 aes 0 7UH Sal ae re 2o I R541 R543 1K2 0805 R549 SSF 5 58 Idle Adj F10 1 2W 10 1 28 1 9 ars 22 55 emo R529 gt 2SA1360 Y oo 5 525 Offset Adj e e e e R508 12V 5 5267 02 100 1 4W Q504 Q510 0511 r R570 KTC3200 BL 2SC3423 Y 2803423 DO 5 40 sale odi 0501 47K oD a idle adj 0503 K 9 ve 1 9 1N4148 2 TC3200 BL af ES CERE Fz e 0 28 A lo SSS 258 0503 155244 8 E coz ae d os Du 2 1818 5 55 803 T Q505 8 5 23 96 KTC3198 BL 25 4 508 ae TO CAP B D a ee 0 SPKR G 26 SPKR G 3 O SPKR G 416 2 0602 155244 V 55V 1 10
82. 24 PORT1_B3 VID_OUT21 25 PORTI_B4 VID 200720 26 B5 VID_OUT19 OO 27 6 VID_OUTI8 OO 28 PORT1_B7 VSSio 29 PORT1_CO VDD7 3 3 gu O O 30 VDD2 3 3 VID_OIT17 oll 31 VSSio VID_OUT16 SS O O 32 5811 1 CLKOUT 01 OO 33 C2 VSScore O O eno 34 PORTI VDDcore6 1 8 9 35 PORTI C4 CTLOUT4 Jo 2 9 Lo 36 2 1 8 CTLOUT3 No Ne icc PICO P Ice Pc core O O 37 vss CTLOUT2 95 05 05 05 2 os os PORT1_C5 CTLOUT1 2 2 2 2 2 2 OO PORT1_C6 CTLOUTO 40 PORTI C7 TEST OUTI _41 IN SEL TEST OUTO 42 FILM SYNC IN TESTS 43 ADDRi SDRAM CLKIN 44 ADDRO VSSi 1008 03 R141 45 SCLK 3 3 3 3V 1008 03 yy R142 5 SDRAM R144 47R 05 BN 4 4705 03 yy R161 48 03 3 3 CSN 2 47RX4 121 3 3VRAM P101 49 56 BAO 4 3 1127 2 0 05 50 SDRAM DATAO BAI 6 B 120RC S 1 L108 51 SDRAM DATA CASN 8 O 52 SDRAM DATA2 RASN 00 it T 1 L109 Slo 2 o 2 o2 ITS IFR 1 5 5 0 MO m o oo Ant 98 2 WISIS 2 NMN S 595 95 FAN1117AS33 52 gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt 00 gt gt gt gt gt gt
83. 5 Bl B4 B5 B6 12 13 14 15 18 7 03 8 LJ 21 22 83 24 25 5123 12189 26 27 28 29 Bo ait 31 32 83 34 85 B10 77 4 83 67 8 68 5 z 2 63 44 45 B1 3L B16 46 87 88 89 60 8888 56 57 68 59 60 81 62 63 64 65 176 66 67 58 69 0 MODEL HCA 18LL03 36 166 GRID ASSIGNMENT 85 Rev 1 18 Feb 2003 AVR7300 KIA78RO8API DSP PART LN EN EU ES M ES LE ba HE eu 12 Ea ety s 111 120 0 2 14 ED d biwi og 1 D DCINRUT Vs D DC OUTPUT V5 ND RPM6938 RSIP A3 FRONT PART IS BU4053BC VIDEO PART 612 DSP PART ICS FAROUDJA PART IC15 DH DICT PIN Connections 1 2 Cathode 3 Emitter 4 Collector OPW 86 harman Kardon AVR7300 55361 DSP PART 27 28 29 0 MODED MODE RST M LRCK SCLK MCLK VD GND VL SDOUT MDIV HPF SLJ C 549400 DSP PART 1 11 5 i 3 5 B 888 RBBBBECIE Lo CQ G nm rm p LLL Li 0 a9 i ii 20 3 2 5 39 9 8 8 13585428 78 75 2 2 8 325 5 8R AB 8
84. 8118 ave KIM Y G SEP 12 2003 414 REVISION RECORD NO Date Contents 9 ATIC DIAGRAM m harman kardon 2 m E 7500 VIDEO 602 4A MERE 14225
85. IN MS 8880809532282 5 2 2 5 2 5 2 2 5 2 5 7 2 J g R625 gt e 6 5 659 5 gi NT PAL CHECK 2 62 8 2 5 3 28 Bodo E LRCLKO 108 4 LRCLKO nar 5 gg SYNC DETECT z C620 A eG 4 2 1 2 UHS1 GPIO19 a L Y 2 E 20 0 lt AUDATA2 107 lt SR SBL S gt Xm 1 5 5 d 10 16 55 2 gfe C 74VHCT244AMX 52 3 _INTREQ _ABOOTS gt gt PISS AUDATA3 XMT958A 106 SBR SW NT PAL CHECK O INTP6 18 o n xn ANN 5 s QAO et 25 c SF 2 96 5 5 5 gt 5 o R623 9 128 1 0 e 4 FAT FSCDIN o HDATA3 GPIO3 105 I SYNC DET O SDAO OSD 2 az 9 5 lt lt E eer 47K 1 16W zz a 1G 5 020 e SCLKO 104 _ R26_100 1 16W oso O af 6 9 g E d s 5 5 x 2 9 10k 1 16W 6 5 035 8 7 5 ow 3 5 0549400 DAN C 26 FAO FSCCLK HDATA4 GPIO4 oso O 98 500 050 CLK moe 5 8 5 8 0 8 E 8 8 8 38385 CPU GND 0 5 8 8 58 56 8 o o Boo 23522 222259 49400 DAOUT d 3 I 7 FHS2 FSCDIO FSCDOUT 141 AUDATA4 GPIO28 102 4 050 ck O gg 2010 050 DATA aaa 9885885883828 e223 8 GPI021 142 SCCLK 109 AUDATA1 vss2
86. OSD on component output 480P for composite S video 480i component inputs G S Rho 5 No OSD on HD component output Jul 16 2003 44 AVR7 300 harman kardon AVR7300 OFFSET ADJUSTMENT amp IDLE CURRENT ADJUSTMENT MP stage 1 DC Offset Adjustment Function 8CH DIRECT INPUT Volume level minimum Test position Speaker out terminal between and gt speaker jack no load Adjustment a Turn power ON b Adjust to chart below Check point Adjustment position Adjustment Limit FRONT L CH FL SPEAKER 11 3 AMP 0 10mV REAR L CH SL SPEAKER VR21 3channel AMP 0 10mV SURRBACK L CH SL SPEAKER VR31 3channel 0 10mV c After 5 Min check again at same figure 2 Idle Adjustment Function 8CH DIRECT INPUT Volume level minimum Test position refer to chart below Adjustment a Turn power ON adjust to about 6 0 7 0mV Check point Adjustment position Adjustment Limit Note FRONT L CH P101 R172 VR12 3channel AMP 12 0mV 13 0mV REAR L CH P201 R272 VR22 3channel AMP 12 0mV 13 0mV SURRBACK L CH P301 R372 VR32 3channel AMP 12 0mV 13 0mV FRONTRCH P601 R672 VR72 4channel AMP c After 5 Min Adjust again to the same figure 45 AVR7300 harman kardon 3 Adjustment Position SBL Idle Adj SL Offset Adj SL Idle Adj SBL Idle Adj J FL Offset Adj FL Idle Adj E E 011881 04 101 0 SR Offset Adj SR Idle Adj SBR Offset Adj SBR Idle Adj 46
87. REVISION RECORD 8 120 5 5 43 3V NO Date Contents m lava 5 5 2 2 B 120RC S 208 5 1 14 Slo 4 10 16 mi MH 1 1625 0 e 15 amp 0162 ez 20 25MHZ ES m Ez 8 5 a 2 E JE 8 2 2 C235 EU 101 5 2 oT e Ble 1 ili EE dee gt Te 10 16 4 5355 SS UTE C 26 2 8 cies F Tez Ex Ic15 x 51 77 5VA 52 23 ae Les 5 IC BU4053BF HG gt 59 L113 99 B 120RC S C237 5 5 5VA 10 16 59523252255222 6 TP1 101000 05 10 16 3 TER TEE gt gt S TP2 5108 3 mE FS 4 RAIO 47RX4 2 3 GND2 INE zT AVR7300 67 38 Sb jO 3 C238 I2CSEL Y2 1 1 5 03 scio 2 8 55 470 10 242 758 03 z vsuPr vsupy 58 CY 20 0 AM C200 5 g N 05 F168 oy ps harman kardon 1N 03 o 12 0 H3 C197 75R 03 EE 55 s ja ze ig o VIN3 7 R158 VSUPAI VSUPLLC 755 035 77 28 470 10NC246 76 ves 27 R122 47R 03 Riso 7 FBIIN VSUPPA 25 GND2 oF AISGND a GNDPA x z lt o 2U2H 05 sel 168 9243 gt Z O HEH D101 75R 03 5 5 9 9 2 5 9 5 5 382 2 2 25 3 FH 155355 5 00 AW moemoe amp e z 0o0ootg amp mrn ututututuio C182 C196 lt 2 MD L102 R107 a 4
88. TOP KIC91682AN AF 78 cpm 85 um sf MAIN PART 219 220 PIN Connections 1 Anode Cathode 3 Emitter 4 Collector VIEW E 34 R i E COM 1 R 54 R 34 R COMa 55 R 35 R COMs R S R COM4 DATA AVR7300 TC9163AF PROCESSOR IC3 TC9162AF TC9163AF TC9164AF m me K T id 17 ate 5 28 450 1 27 1232 VIDEO PART IC604 8 M1232 2 1 OUTPUT 3 CIRCUIT VIDEO SWITCH INJA GND1 IN2B Vcc SW2 IN2AGND3 IN3B 16 111 no 9 ZAP 1 8 1 8 1 83 L COM L 54 1 86 L COM L 8 L Sg L COM ml GND Control input truth table 1 L 2 6 T 11 n 5 d m h harman kardon DD R 8 BUE k 54 R COM R Ss 5 R COM 1 2 R COMs DATA CR 19 0 FLI2300 PQFP VIDEO ENHANCER 11 FAROUDJA PART r4 i E E E eod an 1 1 a x jd m 5 000 E HaTi PORTI WEYHO1 PORT FIELD IDA PORT IH PORT HEYTHCZ VEYHG2 PORT FIELD 07 PORT VOC WEE CLKZ PORTI 1 2 EXCbD 2 ECHT 4 Yoo 5 BEAC T Cr D Cr 1 2 RETI Cr 3 Cr 4 Cr 5 Cre
89. When this input is in use the analog source is converted to digital so that you may use the same bass management options for the direct input as you do with all other outputs This input also mutes the unused input jacks to prevent unwanted noise from interfering with system performance m he 8 CH DIRECT input should be used when an input is connected to all eight 8 Channel Direct Inputs lt and when the source device has its own internal bass manage ment system This input passes the input from the source directly through to the volume control without any analog to digital conversion and it mutes the unused input jacks to prevent unwanted noise from interfering with system performance m the 8 CH DVD AUDIO input should be used when an input is connected to all eight 8 Channel Direct Inputs lt and the source device does NOT have its own internal bass man agement system When this input is in use the analog source is converted to digital so that you may use the same Quadruple Crossover bass management options for the direct input as you do with all other outputs This input also mutes the unused input jacks to prevent unwanted noise from interfering with system performance AVR7300 Volume and Tone Control e Adjust the volume to a comfortable level using the front panel Volume Control 8 or remote Volume Up Down Buttons e Jo temporarily silence all speaker outputs press the Mute Button This will i
90. ast 9 2 55 220 1 188 vss FoOUTF n R799 DAC CDIN 2 1 C720 2 IC804 3 4 451616220 160 4 5 18 03 20 1 16W urec wr Y800 IC AT49LVB192A 5 6 RXI9 47R 4 COX IN1 OUTAT rst 12 DAC_RESET 08 JOSS 11815 Y 16 48 K 1 16W 7 8 49 5 u 1 1nF 50V 2 vcl TAAT 2 A14 BYTE 47 RI 48 6 5 OUTAM amr H 1 _ 3 JA13 GND 46 47R 4 47 4 5 470UF 10V 3 GND 1 gt 4 12 015 1 145 46 2 1 z OUTB1 AINR 3 3VD_GND 5 i o 43 vi Le gt 7 42 Rx12 8 7 CO OUT ms 2 C815 Wer 41 1 2 42 6 5 4 8 1 3 m C31 100N 16V 1001 1617 1G 39 9 NC 1 05 40 1 3 4 4 3 1 gt 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 2 5 5 5 5 2 4 C36 2 100N 16V om 10 NC 1 012 B 5 6 40 2 1 GND 22222 3 8 s 2 9 228 v a Vin Vout ca a 11 WE 1 04 38 7 8 le fo F le le h mm ls le le le fk 100N 16V 5 4t 5 12 RESET vec 57 RXIB 47R 4 po IN IN IN IN IN IN d NC NC R4 13 vPP 1 01 36 1 2 17 47844 z 5 3 4K7 1 16W 4 ne 1 03 35 3 4 2 BARA 2 NC GND 1 16W 15 NC 17010 34 5 6 6 5 2 T 16 A18 1 02 33 7 8 4 4 3 708 QU 4C z 8 17 1709 32 1 2 1 L2 SL mois e 8 5 gt L OPTI IN1 100N 16V 47UH 10x e LI 24 5 19 A6 1 08 L30 5 6 8 7
91. gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt 00 gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt 020 07 0207 00 07 0207 CC 3 3VRAMQ 0 0 0 2 22 L123 IC16 gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt lt lt lt 7 gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt lt gt gt gt gt gt 27 gt gt gt gt gt gt lt lt gt gt cocco A 0 2 2 2 2 26 55 OOOO 0 0 0 2 2 2622225 22555 5 lt 5 lt lt lt 9 lt lt lt lt lt lt B 120RC S O elt 1 8V 0 5 5 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 5 5 2 2 2 5 5 A See EE ONE EE COURT EEE EEE ONE EEE EE EEE EZ 100 16 olo 2 0 02 z 11 TTT TT S 2 O e 3 3V ZZ o 52 TIT FAN1117AS18 52 P103 leu 3 3VDAC CN 2 0 04P scl D 1 gn E au n 2 8 E lt je rt N x x 1 M M M z CMPCHK 5VSTBY amp x ota xa cr e aT aF 3T ap 38 LS N N 5 u 5 5 lt 5558 ZT T5 515 STS 2 oo En gt SS
92. z amp 010 e 221 NUS ps mz 10 1 ee 8 5 45 9 300M 2 lt lt _ 103132 QUUOAAUe_ gt gt lt lt _ _ gt gt 7 lt lt T3238 gt gt lt lt _ 39 102 _ gt gt 100M mc ur 2 v e UN ay of are ee eo oo po oo Pe eese i 2 92 84 8 0008 5 NE 3382 031 ecc 5 e a 1 e xig ee o 300M 2 1 132 JATIOIQ 130 52 132 2 nu 4 asta 1 asta est OETA mm 939HI 6 131 AVR S00 FrontMP2 pcb Fri May 14 20 47 27 2004 SILK LAYER CONVEYER PBDOSKSUB20 0 29 2004 1 5 NJ82 OUTLET 2 L C458 INLET A 10 90 LEP sB 3 158 250 F451 5 5 2 lt 5 _ 6505 815 a T6 0 FH11 FH12 gt 0 T R450 FROM SUPPLY 0 2 7 Jd ATTENTION CAUTION Harman Kardon oe UTILISER UN FUSIBILE DE RECHANGE FOR COTINUSED PROTECTION AGAINST AVR7300 OUTLET B D DE MEME TYPE ET PUISSANCE RISK OF FIRE REPLACE ONLY WITH PBDOSKSUB20 SAME TYPE AND RATINGS OF FUSE S Mar 29 2
93. 124 9 Ex dt EI gt 2 B 300RC 0805 5VA Cid 8300800080 R216 ijj P REFGND x 4K7 1 16W Ze lt 5 ge 100N716V C549 4 M 5 SCLK T 100N 16V 100N 16V S 1000P 50V S 3 Jz t 54391 2 C318 B 300RC 0805 amr 20 C649 lo i 20 100 16 SSE ZTS i 1 B vo va 19 B OORC O805 15V gt 100P 50V gt 1 16 SSE 4K7 1 16W 1 ig 11000907 168 gt 190 155 8 18 ype 5VA_GND R305 890 1000 5 lt s 4008 159 2 2 19 2 AAA ANA 10 16 SSE ANL gt 1A1 2G na dd C320 10 1 169 9 soour 15V 4 Zu 1K 1 16W 3 18 R27 100 1 16 3 LT C306 IC49 A AM R212 TST I 2 5 2 RI 9 2Y4 1Y1 10 16 SSE 4K7 1 16W 1K2 1 16W 315 pa He Naso 2 8 R28 100 1 16W 4 R30 3 1 5 7 W LT RT_SCLK 142 2A4 onem DNI s zu 560 1 16W 10 1 168 Ic dl 433 0 2 8 La 5 16 100 1 16W 5 6 10 16 55 25952 m e 2 22 8219 V 150 1 16W 6 C127 8133 lt 1 Nu C sL 2Y3 1Y2 AGND S WOT ANIL k olo is 10K 1 16W R205 VR527 35486155 10 16 SSE 150 1 16W R30 100 1 16W 6 5 TE 52 x E o LT RT LRCK 8 2 3 5 30 AA AOUTB4 15v TOS gt R17 20K 1 16W 10 16 SSE 100 50 2 6 M WA
94. 16 51 53 58 59 H01 TRKTD1304ND 5 TR SLPSWA KTD1304 N 20V 300MIOA SOT 23 UMMM Resistors _ el R329 334 800 RS3ADO000NA 0 RMGCFMIC 0 OHM 0 62MI5W R1 10 11 13 18 30 31 44 63 64 75 77 78 79 82 88 89 98 101 106 107 112 121 126 131 133 136 137 141 142 166 167 171 172 174 184 185 189 195 198 204 231 238 288 1 0 RMGCFMIC 100150 OHM 5 62MISW R61 71 72 80 81 91 92 93 94 95 96 138 139 140 143 144 145 150 151 152 153 154 155 168 169 170 205 221 229 247 249 254 256 264 269 277 279 286 293 301 303 310 315 316 324 325 326 343 344 345 346 347 2 2 2 Q gt gt J lt Z gt gt CD RMGCFMIC 1 OHM 5 62MI5W 348 349 350 378 R25 12 14 15 16 17 21 26 28 33 35 40 41 42 43 45 47 50 52 58 60 65 66 67 68 85 86 99 100 103 104 105 109 110 111 113 114 119 120 123 124 129 130 146 147 161 162 175 176 181 183 186 188 191 192 193 194 214 217 218 225 233 234 239 241 244 245 246 251 252 281 282 287 289 305 306 308 311 313 gt O 2 2 RMGCFMIC 100K0 OHM 5 62MI5W R134 163 164 165 196 203 RS3AD0123NA 6 RMGCFMIC 12K0 OHM 5 62MI5W R200 202 235 237 RS3AD0152NA A RMGCFMIC 1K5 OHM 5 62MI5W R132 255 263 270 278 294 302 RS3AD0202NA A RMGCFMIC 2K0 OHM 5 62MI5W R213 220 226 259 268 274 292 298 327 1 328 336 337 338 9 RS3AD0222NA 4 RMGCFMIC 2K2 OHM 5 62MI5W R20 56 62 74 115 116 117 118 190 332 RS3AD0333NA 6 RMGCFMIC 33160 OHM 5 62MI5W
95. 2 TR SLPLF 25017405 R 150MIOA 50V Q6 jHOf TRKTC3198NA 3 TR SLPLF KTC3198BL 150MIOA IC KIA7806AP VOLTQAGE REGULATOR TO 220AB IC REGPOSFXD KIA7815API NORMAL IC REGNEGFXD KIA7915API NORMAL 220 D SLP KDS160 85 0V 100MIOA 51 AVR7300 harman kardon Ref Designator Part Number MAIN PCB MAIN PC 1111 p Resistors RCF 292 OHM 5 250MIOW RESISTOR METAL OXIDE 5R6 3W 5 RW 278 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 6 291 292 293 294 RS3AD0101NA 5 RMGCFMIC 100150 OHM 5 62MISW R232 RS3AD0102NA 3 RMGCFMIC 1 OHM 5 62MI5W R9 10 11 14 220 223 225 271 272 273 274 RS3AD0103NA 1 RMGCFMIC 10 OHM 5 62MI5W RES CHIP 1M 1 16W 5 0603 RMGCFMIC 3K9 OHM 5 62MISW RMGCFMIC 47K0 OHM 5 62MI5W RES CHIP 75 1 1 16W 0603 RMGCFMIC 8K2 OHM 5 62MISW RMGCFMIC 10 OHM 5 62MI5W R8 933 00104 100K0 OHM 5 62 RMGCFMIC 12 OHM 5 62MI5W RMGCFMIC 1 5 OHM 5 62MI5W RMGCFMIC 2K2 OHM 5 62 15 5 0 2 22 OHM 5 62MIBW RMGCFMIC 33K0 OHM 5 62MI5W RESISTOR CHIP 4700HM 1 16W 1 0603 RES CHIP 4990HM 1 16W 1 0603 RMGCFMIC 6K8 OHM 5 62MISW RMGCFMIC 82R0 OHM 5 62MISW Miscellaneous O G mm E 52 AVR7 300 harman kardon MAIN LM ju LF SUGOH 10 5 8 OH
96. 20 10 0V D6 3XL11 P5MM 85 C635 636 637 638 639 641 CEHEC0477MN A 470U0F 20 10 0V 6 3X11 85C ELITE C654 655 CEHFCO1075E 1 CE 100UF 20 16 0V D6 3XL11 P5MM 85C C629 631 632 648 649 651 659 663 664 CEHFC04765E 3 CE47UF 20 16 0V D5XL11 P5MM 85C C691 692 CEHICO1065E 4 10U0F 20 50 0V 85C P5MM 5X11 C688 689 2255 7 2U2F 20 50V D5XL11 P5MM 85C C602 605 610 612 616 619 624 627 669 H01 CEMFCO 106AH 7 CAP ELEC 10UF 16V M 5X11 P5MM SHL 2 2 0101 2 100 5 5 50 0V 0603 CHIP 100 80 20 16 0V 0603 Semiconductors E a 65 AVR7300 harman kardon Ref Designator Part Number ee ee VIDEO PCB la 605 606 7 HO1 ICNJM2296D3 7 IC LINEAR NJM2296 IC613 HOTICTSH95IDB4 6 IC VIDEOPROC TSH95ID VIDEO AMPLIFIER Q603 604 HOTTRDTA114YNT9 R SSD DTA114YKA P 10 OHM 47K0 OHM TR Q611 612 613 H01 TRDTC114YNS 1 TRANSISTOR NPN DTC114YK S SPT RHOM _ 2 Resistors Eee R636 637 638 RS3AD0102NA 3 RMGCFMIC 1K0 OHM 5 62MI5W ben 606 611 612 616 621 622 626 631 RS3AD0103NA 1 1 1 11111111 RMGCFMIC 12 OHM 5 62MI5W RES CHIP 1580HM 1 1 16W 0603 RMGCFMIC 150 OHM 5 62MI5W R607 608 609 617 618 619 627 628 629 HO1 RS1AD78R7NA 9 RES CHIP 78 7OHM 1 1 16W 0603 R600 601 602 603 604 605 613 614 615 623 624 625 633 634 635 RS1AD0750NA 6 RES CHIP 75OHM 1 1 16W 0603 R714716 R
97. 43 NC NC 274 SBL 5 S IS YL R33 5 20 T X 100K 1 16W vss VDD TONE RI 2 210 gt oo Im o 41 gt o 1 TONEINTONEIN 55 1 CD IN Jg lt SLs 0 51 24 R 0 e g NMZOSB S RIBBT OUT T COM T COM 648 05 gt io i DIRECT R gt IC21 B IC30 A BASS BASS STS 8 M 4101304 t 7 73 22 suv See 7 LO 20686 B COMB COM NJM2068 S o 8 y R106 100 1 16W C77 R316 21 FR 52 5 OUT NC NC 5K1 1 16W RO R45 47011 16 47 18 1716 3 ER 575 C217 Asus 20 11 C218 10N SOV 512 gt gt 18 D FR 820 1 16W TOUT 00 18 220 03 2 12 7 R185 100 1 16W C120 47 16 AN cst cs2 9 Lot 151 IKCL 16W 23 ST DATA NJM2068 S GND STB GND ea Tg BE C180 100P 50V 14 GND 5 4 R174 100 1 16 47 16 20985 CK 3 0 e SF NC N x a S 2 DVD IN 5 2 FRONT SWITCHING 4 gt 3 10 16 2 5 5152 gt oi Elmo T7 GND 30 gt T R153 1 16W SocY v lt OES VVV Soz DI kas lt x pe 8 5 8 ZZ 2 15 R51 Z je PRO 310 x n RCA4P G 7 1 2 z P511 M 2 2 2 45 lt m C138 y 47 16 5267 05 gt WA F 25 in toS okl zel 2 8353 470 1 16W FL
98. 460084 UDU1IDU e ler 0199 664 Ord 1 iie 2059 offfe 55 6050 0183 81 1918131614 eB O 8200 ONLY MAIN CAP B D 0 0028314 3 5120 18 0 0069 3111 Lo 46 51957 ate w 6075950 140 R438 R436 R432 R426 2110 LELFOSE 0 00285314 6159 2058 60 00653 8150 o GID 015 R534 R558 8556 R526 2150 914956 0 0028214 6190 o Qp9y 688754 4190 E 9 rx 2 elo L m 12098252 19 RB32 R626 0 00 5013 8140 0974 V6S8lvSz 8110 ra A a Dr 48215955 UM o ceo Y Lr a e 104950 0140 137 10 2004 o0 May 14 16 AVR S00 4CHAMP MP pcb Fr 3500 Main MP pcb
99. 5 14990 Blip 9029 D12 S UZ9Vi S _ 3 WA M GND 8 8 8 418 CLK DATA 1 ZlAGND AGND S 1o0P 50V 8275 470 05 9 039 SR 7 x 2 1 1 16 100P 50V Bc C184 R276 2K2 1 16W 18121212 JM2068 S 2K2 1 16W 77 18 coz 0178 ST DATA 10146 2Kk2 1 16W Tess Spo Saz 2K2 1 16W 55 GND CLK 15 11 R170 1K 1 16W WA 8 81 5Ki 1 16W SSF 21219 T 8 AAA ale 12 5215 5 10 8 1 pit 2 R150 iK 1 16W REC OUT amp F SUM CLK DATA es gig 157 53 2 oem 918 IC10 R155 FRONT VOLMUE 1K 1 16W 5 15159 5 5 015 B3PF lt S 12 9 AN TC9273F 004 4 R154 Wl 18 2 8 55 EU OM R22 28 VDD vss R168 IK 1 16W oa 58 OX Ex 22 2 7 33K 1 16W TUNER L 27 4 NSE 037 T FS 5 ep GND 14 6 DIEO2 OUT Ais 05 28 1 DVD R 100 1 16W DTA114YKA 50 ANA d 2 R56 33K 1 16W MUEEN 8 SUMMED FL SA R356 470 1 16W 5 692 OT SR GND 16 0 VID3 L 22 7 VID3 R Z 12K 1 16W 10 16 AW 4 SR C164 10 16 100 1 169 ABUS L 17 O D D to A C106 tT T VW 84 TAPE L 21 8 TAPE R elo RI5 R157 3K3 1 16W 18 022 4 AA AA R198 C129 C132 C165 47 16 GND 0 ore VID4 L 20 3 VID4 R Ia VVV 100 1 16W 47 16 47 16 R290 19 5 5
100. 502 o 2 C338 x 22 1 1510 1501 22N M Zo amp HO gt 2 6 SW INI L213 2 OUT GND 5 6UH 02 lt 1 uM R228 q 0 cy VCC IN2 Fo 5240 0 cv 50 1 C355 CV C32 gt 5 d 220 10 00 4 16 220 10 R229 1K 1 16W d R237 85 AM 5 W E 1 S gt R230 1k 1 16W 1K5 1 16W LIO c52 rien D a lt lt 8 6 1510 4 5 5 545 8 5 5 2SC1740S Jo SW INI 100 16 4 E 100N 16V GND OUT AM 2 OUT GND 2 8 8 5 4 7 vec IN2 9 C208 IN2 VCC C358 4 2 c2 C312 s 5 1 IC BU4094 SOP no 1UF 50V 71 R238 R239 7 100UF 16V SC ow SC 5 SIS 327 1 Yop 612 1 168 5106 gt wr sov 144 444 4 44 Wy Wy p 5 IB us 10UF 16V 55 637 100P 50V 2 DATA me p 9 3S 2 2 3838 252 88853 3 51K 1 16W 150K 1 16W 28 07 100 16 pu otl 8 f 1 100N 16V CV MUTE 15 o5 Sx 7 222 Elo Ba 9 ic203 IC206 C322 Q o na SOP 935 1 EER C347 Labs LA 1510 C320 IC MM1511 10UF 16V os 1 x 5 122138 23598 47UF 50V 0212 1 O we C9322 F 16V 220 10 NC CIN 6 i Q4 0 2 2 2 07568897 7 DTC114YK S D 0 225 OUT GND 5 4 vss SYNC DETECTION CIRCUIT 3 p 6 10K 1 16W 4 YIN
101. 601 604 605 606 607 608 609 612 613 D601 Q402 403 Q400 401 01 1662 2 1662 LOW DROP VOLTAGE REGULATOR SOP 8 H01 ICNJU6324D2 3 C SPECFUNC NJU6324M SOP8 CMOS CRYSTAL 01 114 5 TR SSD DTC114YKA 10K0 OHM 47 OHM 1 051550094 D SLP 155355 35 0 225 01 114 9 TR SSD DTA114YKA P 10KO OHM 47K0 OHM 1 1304 5 TR SLPSWA KTD1304 20V 300MIOA SOT 23 Resistors 25 22 22220 2 RS3AD0391NA 3 RC3DI010AIN 1 RC3DI0560IN 1 RC3DI022AIN 2 RS3AD0101NA 5 RMGCFMIC 100R0 OHM 5 62MI5W RS3AD0102NA 3 RMGCFMIC 1K0 OHM 5 62MI5W R735 R22 R23 R27 28 29 30 715 R100 101 102 103 104 106 107 701 R180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 238 5 239 242 243 621 654 741 753 756 802 RS3AD0103NA 1 RMGCFMIC 10 OHM 5 62MI5W R140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 315 316 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 470 471 R305 306 307 308 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 RS3AD0122NA 8 RMGCFMIC 1K2 OHM 5 62MI5W 431 R132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 246 247 R799 R234 235 4 R870 R744 876 877 878 R400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 R14 105 157 166 167 168 169 170 1 236 237 301 302 303 304 526 R108 109 110 111 112 114 115 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 232 233 620 623 R313 314 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 R309 310 311 312 432 433 434 435 436 RS3AD0104NA A RMGCFM
102. COMPANY DANECH COMPANY TITLE AVR7300 CONNECTOR CHECKED QUALITY CONTROL DATED DATED RELEASED DATED CODE SIZE DRAWING NO STAGE F TMS TOTAL SHEET REV 10 OF 11 wo 00 0 CN N CN 2 0 11P N702 FROM SUPPLY B D FROM DSP 0 FPC AN 23P 8370 P701 REVISION RECORD NO Date Contents harman kardon SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM AVR7300 L L L C CC CC C C HEADPHONE B D HCA 18LL03 DP71 1 JK H P BLACK cd Ed Ed Edd ed ed Ed Ed Ed ed ed ed Ed cd Ed Ed Ed En Ed EB ed ed ed Ed En Ed C H P R H P GND gt L z PROCESSOR B D C492 50 78 060 2N2 50V X7R 0503 100N 16V r2N2 C494 s PLATE SPRING S 3 5 zregz ETS gt TS AGND x 730V C706 100P 50V C707 t jj E EC11820203 100P 50V C708 RV71 N704 CN 2 0 04P 2 2 8 O R760 8 9 9 8 10 1 4W75 R N 1 3 A i 6 R761 21 6 2 10 1 4W 5x 1SS355 SMD O 0 ST BY 6V 310 Di 5 GND o D713 O O AGND_VR O O O 1SS355 SMD 4U7H 02
103. Hall 2 VMAx Near VMAx Far Dolby Virtual Speaker Reference Wide 5 Channel Stereo 7 Channel Stereo surround Off Stereo Dolby Headphone Exclusive to Harman Kardon for receivers Logic is an advanced mode that extracts the maximum surround information from either surround encoded programs or conventional stereo material When your system has been configured for use with Surround Back Speakers see page 25 you may choose between either 7 1 or 5 1 versions of the Logic 7 modes while only the 5 1 versions are available when there are no Surround Back Speakers The Logic 7 or Cinema mode should be used with any source that contains Dolby Surround or similar matrix encoding Logic 7 C delivers increased center channel intelligibility and more accurate placement of sounds with fades and pans that are much smoother and more realistic than with other decoding techniques The Logic 7 M or Music mode should be used with analog or PCM stereo sources Logic enhances the listening experience by presenting a wider front soundstage and greater rear ambience Both Logic modes also direct low frequency information to the subwoofer if installed and configured to deliver maximum bass impact The Logic 7 E or Enhance mode available only when the 5 1 option is chosen is an extension of the Logic 7 modes that is primarily used with musical programs Logic 7 adds additional bass enhancement that circulates low frequencies in the 40Hz to 120Hz
104. IC VOLTAGE REGULATOR PJ1117CW 1 8 1 8V SOT 223 Resistors R129 R104 108 R115 125 126 134 135 R148 149 160 R128 R101 102 113 114 R123 124 R105 R118 151 R162 R119 120 121 141 142 145 146 147 R127 136 137 138 139 140 R122 143 144 R133 R106 107 109 110 116 117 130 131 132 RS1AD1870NA 2 RS3AD0101NA 5 RS3AD0103NA 1 RS3AD0104NA A RS3AD0105NA 8 RS3AD0151NA 1 RS3AD0470NA 7 RS3AD0511NA 8 RS3AD0750NA 1 RS3AD0101NA 5 RS3AD0102NA 3 RS3AD0103NA 1 RS3AD0470NA 7 RS3AD0472NA 3 RS3AD0750NA 1 RES CHIP 187 OHM 1 16W 1 0603 RMGCFMIC 100 0 OHM 5 62MISW RMGCFMIC 10K0 OHM 5 62MI5W RMGCFMIC 100K0 OHM 5 62MI5W RES CHIP 1M 1 16W 5 0603 RMGCFMIC 150150 OHM 5 62MI5W RMGCFMIC 47 OHM 5 62MI5W RMGCFMIC 510RO OHM 5 62 15 RMGCFMIC 75RO OHM 5 62MISW RMGCFMIC 100RO OHM 5 62MISW RMGCFMIC 1 OHM 5 62MI5W RMGCFMIC 10 OHM 5 62MI5W RMGCFMIC 47 OHM 5 62MI5W RMGCFMIC 4K7 OHM 5 62MI5W RMGCFMIC 75RO OHM 5 62MISW 61616161616 N Il led O1 6 O1 N O1 OO O1 O RA10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 RS3AY0470NA 2 RCA 47RO OHM 5 62M15W 4 23 R161 RS3AD0471NA 5 RMGCFMIC 47050 OHM 5 62MIBW Eee X100 H01 OSX13M5HZ00 4 CRYSTAL 13 5MHz WOOIN N AVR7300 harman kardon Ref Designator FAROUDJA PCB 0 02 1 L105 106 107
105. Q107 Q108 Q109 E 25990 KTA1268 BL 2SA1360 Y 2SA1360 Y x 337 FROM 3 cH eel gx 2d CP MO ST 02P POSISTOR 1 R144 0122 5 Gor 95 9 HEAT SINK N301 e 12 S 0910 20 CN 2 5 07P Front L R105 C103 E 0 1N4148 1555 47717774 Pes 9101 atl P 5 e e 1 CH G gt AM ES 1 274 0 22 5W D 0 22 5W D AERE 7 R101 egt M R171 R172 e A MAIN FR G 4 SPKR RI 55 Nm ks 0 6 76 0105 amp gt zi 0 R145 ME o 5 224v 4 ES lt 3 B 12 INES 28 17405 0048 Ses 5 6 9 gt 5 PROT FE 9185 8 15 EU Idle Adj dalle 3 Wess 1 osv ger R T 5 gt IN 25 1360 212 gt ETT z p eoem eo 5 H dia oo 5 y Offset Adj maa opp MAIN FR G o az Q901 e ta oss 15 5 02 KTA1024 0110 011 2 Ny N 0101 R170 9103 2SC3423 Y 28C3423 Y 2 184148 47K KTC 2 gt idle adj w e e o x aN 5 szg els Lut GK 0902 ER o 55 lt 5 lt 282 om xim to d gt lt B N310 568 og Sie STE 5 4 55 N704 TO CAP B D tone T o I 0 863 KTC3198 BL 5 8 5 25 4 5 8 B gt 77 2 t B 1 21 ab FROM CAP B
106. R222 230 RS3AD0362NA A RMGCFMIC 3K6 OHM 5 62MI5W R177 179 RS3AD0432NA 4 RMGCFMIC 4K3 OHM 5 62MI5W R297 340 RS3AD0470NA 7 RMGCFMIC 47RO OHM 5 62MISW R3 4 6 9 22 25 27 29 32 34 36 39 46 48 49 51 57 59 73 76 108 127 148 149 178 187 199 206 211 284 335 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 RS3AD0471NA 5 RMGCFMIC 470 0 OHM 5 62MISW RMGCFMIC 4K7 OHM 5 62MI5W 70 240 250 260 273 283 285 307 309 RS3AD0562NA 2 RS3AD0242NA 9 RMGCFMIC 2K4 OHM 5 62MI5W o4 N Oo 2312010 NINNIN o 100 CLO GW gt gt gt gt gt O ojoj O NIOO Oo N NI gt X O N N IN Z Z Z Z Z gt gt gt gt gt oo AVR7300 harman kardon Ref Designator Part Number 22 222 2222 Processor 72 RMGCFMIC 10R0 OHM 5 62MISW RMGCFMIC 18K0 OHM 5 62MI5W RMGCFMIC 2K2 OHM 5 62MI5W A RMGCFMIC 2280 OHM 5 62MIBW RCF 15K0 OHM 5 250MI0W ee Miscellaneous a s ee eee C P509 H01 WN19AB00000 9 CONN 2 0MM 19 MA R NAT SOCKET MOLEX 35237 1910 0 0 P501 H01 WN19SB00000 6 CONN 2 0MM 19 MA ST NAT MOLEX 35336 1910 0 0 H01 WSE261705EN 0 WIRE ASS Y 15P 170MM UL2547 1533 26 RED SHIELD li DSP PCB yS Capacitors C472 473 474 5 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 1
107. RC3DIO1011N 0 RCF 100150 OHM 5 250MIOW 62 AVR7300 harman kardon 1 FRONT RCF 10K0 OHM 5 250MIOW RCF 47080 OHM 5 250MIOW RMGCFMIC 1 0 OHM 5 62MISW RMGCFMIC 1 5 OHM 5 62MI5W RMGCFMIC 2K7 OHM 5 62MISW RMGCFMIC 390R0 OHM 5 62MISW RMGCFMIC 8K2 OHM 5 62MISW XI 1 Miscellaneous j j S S S s s 11 LF 4U7H 10 1 7 OHM 190 0A H01 SWC2A112FS1 8 SWITACT VERTICAL SKQNADD010 12V 50MA 5701 702 703 704 705 706 707 708 709 710 711 712 713 714 715 716 717 718 719 120 N703 704 H01 WG04SB809DN 0 22 Y UL1007 26 STR 90MM 2 WHT PIN WIRE ASS Y 2 0MM 510MM UL1533 26 STR SHIELD N825 H01 WS4265105EN A ll POWER SUPPLY t Capacitors S e e CC 100NOF 80 20 50 0V F CE 1001005 20 25 0V 6 3X11 85C P5MM C412 413 467 472 474 475 476 486 505 CEHICO1055E 6 CE 1UF 20 D5XL11 85C 600 601 602 603 604 C485 502 CEHIC01065E 4 CE 10U0F 20 50 0V 85 P5MM 5 11 484 CEMJAO0107NN 1 CAP ELEC 100UF 63V M8 11 5 ELITE 2 402 403 483 462 463 464 495 496 CPIKC0473NN 0 BBL H01 CEHFA0688MN 5 CE 6MI8F 20 16 0V 850 16X31 5 SHL 63 AVR7300 harman kardon Ref Designator Part Number POWER SUPPLY ii oe ee C606 662 663 CZZFIO104BF 8 CAP CHIP 100NOF 80 20 16 0V 0603 Semiconductors e 465 457 456 455 454 453 4
108. a stereo listening mode When the button Is pressed so that SURROUND OFF appears in the Lower Display Line the AVR will operate in a bypass mode with true fully analog two channel left right stereo mode with no surround processing or bass management as opposed to other modes where digital processing is used When the button is pressed so that SURROUND OFF appears in the Lower Display Line and the DSP and SURROUND OFF Surround Mode Indicators are lit you will enjoy a two channel presentation of the sound along with the benefits of bass management Depending on whether your system is configured for 5 1 or 6 1 7 1 channels the next press of the button will cause either 5 CH STEREO or CH STEREO 1o appear and the stereo signal will be routed to all five seven speakers 5ee page 36 for more informa tion on stereo playback modes DTS Neo 6 Mode Select Button Press this button as needed to select one of the DIS Neo 6 modes 5ee page 36 for the available DTS Neo 6 options CH Logic 7 Mode Select Button Press this button to select from among the available Logic 7 surround modes See page 36 for the available Logic options DTS Digital Mode Select Button When DTS encoded digital source is playing each press of this button will scroll through the available DTS modes The specific choice of modes will vary according to the type of encoding on the disc and your system s speaker conf
109. any problem with your receiver Rather it tells you that the incoming data has simply been paused or is not present for a variety of possible reasons PCM Playback POM is the abbreviation for Pulse Code Modulation which is the type of digital signal used for standard CD playback and other non Dolby Digital and non DTS digital sources such as Mini Disc When a PCM signal is detected the Lower Display Line 7 will briefly show a message with the letters PCM in addition to a readout of the sampling frequency of the digital signal In most cases this will be PCM WW lh kHz or PCM 4 amp kHZ though in the case of specially mastered high resolution audio discs you will see a PCM HbKkHz indication Note that the sampling rate displayed is that of the incoming digital signal and not the upsampled rate that may be applied to PCM sources when Dolby Pro Logic Pro Logic or Pro Logic IIx processing is applied as shown on pages 22 26 During PCM playback you may select any surround mode except one of the Dolby Digital or DIS DTS ES modes However when a CD with HDCD encoding is being played you must select the Surround Off stereo mode to take advantage of the process HDCD Playback High Definition Compatible Digital or HDCD discs are recorded using a 20 bit encoding and other propri etary processing for the ultimate in CD listening When an HDCD encoded disc is playing and the CD player is connected using a digit
110. as the default for this input but you may connect any video source such as a VCR or satellite receiver personal video recorder or other device to these inputs Note that if the source device offers either digital audio or component video capability those connections must be made sepa rately and the AVR 7300 configured accordingly See page 23 for more information on configuring an input for Various source options Video 2 Audio Outputs Connect the left right analog audio RECORD N jacks of a video recording device such as a VCR DVD recorder or personal video recorder to these jacks Video 2 Audio Inputs Connect the left right analog audio PLAY OUT jacks of a video recording device such as a VCR DVD recorder or personal video recorder to these jacks The AVR 73005 remote control has a TV as the default for this input but you may connect any video source such as a VCR HDTV or cable set top box personal video recorder or other device to these inputs Note that if the source device offers either digital audio or component video capability those connections must be made separately and the AVR 7300 configured accord Ingly See page 23 for more information on configuring an input for various source options B Preamp Outputs Connect these jacks to an optional external power amplifier for applications where higher power is desired 1 Subwoofer Output Connect this jack to the line
111. as long as the AVR is plugged into a powered AC outlet Once the power cord is connected you are almost ready to enjoy the AVR 73005 incredible power and fidelity 0 OPERATION Basic Operation Once you have completed the initial setup and configu ration of the AVR 7300 it is simple to operate and enjoy The following instructions will help you maximize the enjoyment of your new receiver Turning the AVR 7300 On or Off e When using the AVR 7300 for the first time you must press the Main Power Button A to turn the unit on This places the unit in a Standby mode as indi cated by the lighting surrounding Standby On Button Bill turning amber Once the unit is in Standby you may begin a listening session by pressing the Standby On Button El on the front panel or the Power On Button or AVR Selector QQ on the remote This will turn the unit on and return the DPR to the input source that was last used The unit may also be turned on from Standby by pressing any of the Input Selector Buttons Y e 9 the remote or the Input Source Selector Button on the front panel Whenever the AVR is turned on you will see all of the front panel indicators light up for a few seconds This is normal and it is part of the units power on self test NOTE After pressing one of the Input Selector Buttons Y to turn the unit on press the AVR Selector 35 to set the remote control to the A
112. audio input polling feature of the AVR will then be able to make certain that you have a constant audio feed since it will automatically switch the audio input to the analog jacks if the digital feed is interrupted or not available for a particular channel 6 If your DVD player has Y Pr Pb analog compo nent video outputs connect them to the DVD Component Video Inputs Although this set of inputs may be assigned to any of the five video inputs on the AVR 7300 the factory default is for this input to be assigned to the DVD Remember to make a digital audio connection between the DVD player and the AVR with the Coaxial Digital Input 1 69 being the factory default For informa tion on changing the input assignments for either the component video jacks or the DVD player s audio connection see page 23 If you have other devices with Y Pr Pb or RGB component video outputs connect the source device to the Component Video 1 or 2 Inputs The audio connections may be made to any of the analog left right panel audio inputs or the Optical or Coaxial Digital Inputs 9 certain that the audio and video inputs are properly configured for their analog or digital audio connection source in the IN OUT SETUP menu as described on page 23 If the component video inputs are used connect the Component Video Monitor Outputs to harman kardon INSTALLATION AND CONNECTIONS the componen
113. by pressing the Standby On Button E Next press and hold the Surround Mode Group Selector and the Tuner Mode Selector buttons for three seconds The unit will turn on automatically and display the RESET message in the Upper Display Line NOTE Resetting the processor will erase any configu ration settings you have made for speakers output levels surround modes digital input assignments as well as the tuner presets After a reset the unit will be returned to the factory presets and all settings for these items must be reentered 29 If the system is still operating incorrectly there may have been an electronic discharge or severe AC line interference that has corrupted the memory or microprocessor these steps do not solve the problem consult an authorized Harman Kardon service center AVR7300 US EXPLODED VIEW TOCOM NO PARTS NAME LESS LESS LESS LESS APPROVAL CHECK DRAWING DESIGN 0 2004 04 30 2004 04 30 scale TOLERANCE lh Choi Kim UNIT m m harman kardon 5 c S7 4 5 2 S 5 Se s 6 M ZE 6
114. di 1 8 C357 bis E I C321 CV SUPER COMPO 5 100UF 16V 5 0 220 10 SY C313 ol Y C MIC I HO eK 1220 10 220 10 CONTROL m 1 35 C310 t00N 16v 5 6 S 4 100 16 A AL E m 5 0 m tO 4 MOI AW 0 dJe 5 R251 Ww 22k 1 16W Q213 HO 0 1M 1 16W 2589335 87 1 6 N 4 5 8 25 9348 5 Ho KDSIGQ SMD E Lg log z3 1 3 18 gt 20 4094 CONTROL 7 15 gt ps 14M 3 9 17M Es 39 CV OUT MUTE NUM1501 2 e M eOwo 4 RY206 1 207 47UH 10x Tue 3S eles 310 SC OUT OSD NON OSD a K 3 58 1 SY OUT MUTE NJM1501 78 06 gt 204 ex VID4 IN OUT 35 MORS 88 gt 53 T 1 2 SELECT Y Pb Pr 0 R gt ABUS R 19 2 COMPNT MUTE 0201 GND 18 GO COMPONENT MUTEZ DTC114YK S i ABUS L17 5 B GND 16 6 SC OUT MUTE SBR_15 5 4 GND 14 58 uoles D225 GND 125 _ 05160 5 0 sw 3 GND RY205 oe olei a 0202 SR 7 5 5 JA202 ao GND 6 JK RCA 3P 3 9 114 5 sS 2 3 Jour 8 2177 GND 4 0 5 1 N2 2 FR 3 z GND 2 1 5 6 KTA1504Y S Es 68 100N 16V 3K9 1 16W 1H 0224 1 KDS160 SMD 3 RB M C272 1 100K 1 16W T100N 16v R201 al 211 x IRCA4P G 1 3 4R7 2W 100 50 FL gt S
115. fixed output unless you find that the input to the receiver is so low that the sound is noisy or so high that it is distorted 2 Connect the analog Play Out jacks of a cassette deck MD CD R or other audio recorder to the Tape Inputs Connect the analog jacks on the recorder to the Tape Outputs on the AVR 7300 gn Connect the output of any digital audio source such as a CD or DVD changer or player advanced video game a digital satellite receiver HDTV tuner or digital cable set top box or the output of a compatible computer sound card to the Optical and Coaxial Digital Audio Inputs QO 4 Connect the coaxial or optical Digital Audio Outputs 9 Z of the AVR 7300 to the matching digital input connections on a CD R or MiniDisc recorder 5 Assemble the AM loop antenna supplied with the unit so that the tabs at the bottom of the antenna loop snap into the holes in the base Connect it to the and GND Screw Terminals 6 Connect the supplied FM antenna to the FM 75 Ohm Connection The FM antenna may be an external roof antenna an inside powered or wire lead antenna or a connection from a cable TV system If the antenna or connection uses 300 ohm twin lead cable you must use an optional 300 ohm to 5 ohm adapter to make the connection 7 Connect the front center surround and surround back speaker outputs 9 to the respec tive speakers To ensur
116. jack is a 3 5mm mono miniplug that delivers 6 volt DC signal to the center pin tip of the plug with the outer shaft ring of the plug as the negative or ground connection After checking for polarity voltage and current draw compatibility between the AVR and the product to be controlled simply connect the miniplug to the Amp Trigger Jack EY on one end and to the device to be controlled on the other No further programming is required AC Power Connections The AVR 7300 features a removable power cord that allows wires to be run in advance to a complex installation so that the unit itself need not be installed until it is ready for connection When all needed connections have been made connect the AC Power cord to the AC Power Cord Jack 5 The AVR 7300 draws significantly more current than other household devices such as computers that use removable power cords For that reason it is important that only the cord supplied with the unit or a direct replacement of identical capacity be used The Switched AC Accessory Outlet z is powered only when the unit is on This is recommended for devices that have a mechanical power switch that may be left in the ON position NOTE Many audio and video products go into a otandby mode when they are used with switched out lets This type of product may not operate properly when used with the switched outlet The Unswitched AC Accessory Outlet e is powered
117. mre 55 T 9 Tz E 35 30 25 2 2 3 090 CE u 0822 Lm 2 SYNC DET 5 _ ee N 2 uN M ou NS o oz CONVEYER C618 P110 TF12 GRAIN R2 77 709 e es 0119 22 E STBY ON zi 6 gt 5 db s GS FH 3 ERE 0077 NS C800 eus i mmm mm IC14 0110 0110 C819 lt 40 C e 1800 8 RX27 C22 C821 5 Ao 0613 2 9 3 5 4 77 9 R725 CIT onde TIT meee 15 LT ITI o 208 200 00001 100001 100001 III dg RAN RX19 RX18 dm Om 1 nni MN amp C806 3 8 8 ICt7 o BEREG Y600 1 VS cat IL IL IL II TITE e III e 1112 R628 cic e e 2 Me 1 EEE e e e mum m mu s BH NJ16 BH mm 2 2552 m Ni 5 22228 I e e Nm mm NN 32 3 e P103 8 614 e 6 e git 16 LR E aE 5 to LI M lt a 55 R615 17 2
118. oUT OF um CPU GND e B 300RC 0805 TMS V1 00 DSP 1 5 5 SK11 TSC 105L3H e rj E N S bd Se rre ucc 5 9 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 5 VVV a R720 R722 D TUNER OPTION 2555555555555 5555 Zzzzzo 85984559 FPC AN 15P 8370 6 100 1 16W 470 1 16W poooooooooooooooo n 16 128 FROM PROCESSOR B D P106 I I IHF I 21 o eta COX4 OUT ANA 11 111111111111 lt SS J H JANG 5 5 e t R719 10 1 16W Perig 0 5555 B d o 10 6 5 SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM harman kardon 7300 DSP2 REVISION RECORD
119. programmed for that type of device 13 Program Button This button is used to begin the process of programming the remote Press and hold this button for three seconds to place the remote in the programming mode Once the red LED under the Set Button lights release the button You may then select from the desired option See pages 46 55 for more information on configuring the remote Light Button Press this button to activate the remote s backlight for ease of use in darkened rooms Multiroom Button Press this button to begin the process of activating the multiroom system or to change the input or volume level for the second zone See page 44 for more information on the multiroom system 19 Macro Buttons Press these buttons to store or recall a Macro which is a preprogrammed sequence of commands stored in the remote See page 49 for more information on macros D Sleep Button Press this button to place the unit in the Sleep mode After the time shown in the display the AVR 7300 will automatically go into the Standby mode Each press of the button changes the time until turn off in the following order 90 __ 80 70 60 50 min min min min min 40 10 20 30 OFF min min min min When the Sleep timer is in use the front panel dis plays and other indicators will dim to half brightness Night Mode Button Press this button to activate the Ni
120. prohibited by law Front Panel Connections In addition to the rear panel digital and analog outputs the AVR 7300 offers Harman Kardon s exclusive con figurable front panel output jack feature For easy con nection of portable devices you may switch the front panel Video 5 Jacks from an input to an output by following these steps Press the OSD Button 6 to view the MASTER MENU Figure 1 Press the Set Button to enter the IN OUT SETUP menu Figure 2 DO Press the w Navigation Button 619 so that the on screen cursor is next to VIDEO 5 Press the Set Button 6 and then press the lt gt Navigation Button so that the word OUT is highlighted O1 Press the Set Button 6 to enter the change OD Press the OSD Button to exit the menus and return to normal operation Once the setting is made the Input Output Status Indicator 4 will turn red indicating that the jacks are now an output instead of in the default setting as an input Once changed to an output the setting will remain as long as the AVR 7300 is turned on unless the setting is changed in the OSD menu system as described above However once the AVR 300 is turned off the setting is cancelled When the unit is turned on again the front panel jacks will return to their normal default setting as an input If you wish to use the jacks as an output at a future time the setting must be cha
121. reads TONE QUT To change the bass or treble settings press the button again until the desired option appears in the Lower Display Line and in the on screen display and then press either of the Buttons A 0 enter the desired boost or cut setting 5ee page 35 for more information on the tone controls Optical Digital Output Coaxial 4 Digital Input Coaxial Digital Output Video 5 Audio Video Jacks 4 Input Output Indicator a Speaker Selector Button Press this button to begin the process of configuring the AVR 7300 for the type of speakers it is being used with For com plete information on configuring the speaker settings see page 26 4 Channel Adjust Selector Press the button to begin the process of adjusting the channel level out puts using the source currently playing through your AVR For complete information on adjusting the chan nel output level see page 40 gt Digital Input Selector Press this button to begin the process of selecting a digital source for use with the currently selected input Once the button has been pressed use the lt p gt Buttons 4 to choose the desired input and then press the Set Video Button enter the setting into the units memory See page 35 for more information on digital audio AVR7300 harman kardon FRONT PANEL CONTROLS Delay Adjust Selector Press this button to begin the process of adjusting the delay s
122. source through the Multiroom menus or remote as explained on page 45 The only additional connection required to add video capabilities to your multiroom system is to connect the Multiroom Video Outputs e either directly to the video display in the remote room or to any optional video distribution amplifiers that may be required when the length of the connection cable is such that addi tional amplification is required The following items may be of additional assistance when using video as part of a multiroom system with the AVR 7300 Component video sources may not be routed through the multroom system When using a component video device you should also make a composite or S Video connection to permit use of the multiroom system As with all cable installations when running any wiring inside a wall be certain that the cable carries the proper NEC rating for the application The use of improperly rated cables may present a safety hazard Consult a qualified installer or licensed electrician should you have any questions about the use of in wall cables for video or audio e When connecting the AVR 7300 to the remote room video display be aware of the distance limi tations that may exist for both composite and 5 Video connections Although the use of low loss coax for composite video and higher grade 5 Video cables may reduce signal loss optional dis CONNECTIONS tribution amplifiers may occasionally be requi
123. to the MP3 audio through the AVR 7300 s high power amplifier and the speakers from your surround system rather than the smaller speakers and low powered amplifiers typically used with computers To take advantage of the AVR 73005 MP3 capabili ties simply connect the S P DIF output of a comput er s sound card or the S P DIF output of a portable digital audio device to either the rear panel Digital Inputs or the front panel Digital Inputs 4 When the digital signal is available the Lower Display Line will indicate that an bitstream is present and the audio will begin playing NOTES e The AVR 300 is only capable of playing signals in the MP3 MPEG 1 Layer 3 format It is not com patible with other computer audio codecs e he digital audio input signal may be either optical or coaxial but the signal must be in the S P DIF format Direct connection of USB or serial data outputs is not possible even though the signals are in the MP3 format If you have any questions about the data output format from your computer or a sound card check with the device s owner s manual lf your computer or sound card s digital output is not capable of direct connection to the AVR 7300 you may use an optional external transcoder to convert the USB output of a computer to a format compati ble with the AVR Due to the wide variation in MP3 formats and encoding speeds it is possible that the AVR 7300
124. various settings such as delay speakers surround modes digital inputs etc To use the button simply press it left right up or down in the direction indicated by the Aw icons printed on the but ton disc Depending on the menu being used press ing the button will either change a specific menu or configuration choice or change the option shown in the on screen or front panel display The sections in this manual describing the unit s individual features and configuration options contain specific information on how the navigation controls are used Digital Select Button Press this button to assign one of the digital inputs QO 4 source See page 3 for more information on using digital Inputs Set Button This button is used to enter settings into the AVR 73005 memory It is also used in the setup procedures for delay time speaker configuration and channel output level adjustment lt Volume Up Down Buttons These controls share the disc in the lower portion of the remote with the Channel Up Down Selector To raise the volume press the button marked by pressing towards the top of the remote To lower the volume press the button marked w by pressing towards the bottom of the remote The lt gt buttons on the left and right sides of this disc change channels up or down when the TV cable box or satellite Input Selectors have been pressed 0 Transport Fast Pl
125. you wish to reset all the levels to their original factory default of OdB offset press the Navigation Button so that the on screen cursor is next to the CHANNEL RESET line and press the lt gt Navigation Button 6 so that the word ON is highlighted After the levels are reset resume the procedure outlined above to reset the levels to the desired settings When all adjustments are done press the A W Navigation Button to move the on screen cursor so that itis nextto BACK MASTER MENU and then press the Set Button if you wish to go back to the main menu to AVR7300 harman kardon OPERATION make other adjustments If you have no other adjust ments to make press the OSD Button to exit the menu system NOTE Output levels may be separately trimmed for each surround mode If you wish to have different trim levels for a specific mode select that mode and then follow the instructions shown above Dim Function oince the AVR 300 will often be used when movies or other video programming is viewed under low light conditions you may wish to lower the brightness of the front panel displays and indicators so that they do not distract from the video presentation You may dim the displays using the menu system as shown on page 42 or you may control the brightness directly from the remote Simply press the Dim Button once to dim the front panel to half the normal brightness level press
126. 0 2 GND 3 LED RED 4 LED GREEN Or 200 5505506 TO SUPPLY 5 DP71 000 B 10 LED ON OFF m 6 7070918 6 ST BY ON e e o gt 5 3 J162 I 3 POWER DOWN 1701 1S B 46V e C701 Q e 5 e RM71 763 C710 aes e on 0 eu 9 0 1155 5 amp _ 57 m 156 8 1101 e 158 2 8 e du J141 2 23 U COM GND 5 21 4034 J123 e 0 NC 1149 0 e e ein 9 57 g Harman Kardon 4 ST BY 6Y AVR7300 FRONT B D 1150 m 9 076 a 2 REMOCON IN APRIL 14 2004 9 e EY IN2 e J169 N703 88 E PBDOSKF CI20 1 e 9 om e 3 e e C716 AF J ver 0742685 189 m Mp E 0122 5 5 e E SURR MODE lt lt SURROUND SELECT gt gt lt lt _TUNNING_ AM FM lt lt PRESET gt gt lt lt SOURCE gt gt TUN MODE l S702 S703 S704 S705 707 708 709 S710 712 8711 gt 0 e epg E CA d HI cece O O O O O 0 2 cp aep C ml a des ul f TONE MODE SPEAKER CHANNEL DIGITAL SEL DELAY 3 gt gt gt 2 713 S714 S715 S716 S717 lt s 351 720 M PAO ONO orit
127. 0 Q721 26 0 0 5 20 0 0 6 1 BASE 2 COLLECTOR HEAT SINK 3 EMITTER 25 5200 3CH Q118 Q119 Q218 Q219 Q318 Q319 4 0418 0419 0518 0519 0618 0619 0718 07198 205 23 3 2 2 4 f 2 f E 2 26 0 5 2 5 Y 2 2 I c 1 BASE 2 COLLECTOR HEAT SINK 3 EMITTER 97 AVR7 300 harman kardon SMD DTA114YKAP DSP Q402 Q403 MAIN Q4 Q215 Q617 Q 17 PROCESSOR Q3 Q13 Q14 Q17 Q20 Q23 Q25 Q32 Q34 Q35 Q37 Q41 Q43 Q50 Q52 VIDEO Q603 Q604 EQUIVALENT CIRCUIT OUT COMMON EL 1 COMMON EMITTER 2 IN BASE 3 OUT COLLECTOR DIC114YKA DSP 2600 0601 0604 06050606 0607 0608 0609 0612 0613 FAROUDJ Q106 Q107 FRONT 0701 0703 0704 0705 MAIN Q1 Q2 Q201 Q202 Q203 Q204 Q212 PROCESSOR Q54 Q22 VEDIO Q611 Q612 Q613 EQUIVALENT CIRCUIT OUT IN c R2 COMMON EMITTER EA 2 IN BASE COMMON KTD13 A OUT COLLECTOR DSP FRONT 0702 PROCESSOR Q24 Q26 Q27 Q31 Q33 036 038 40 042 044 46 07 12 015 16 051 053 058 059 1 2 BASE 98 1 l I 1 41 4 1 1 gd AVR S00 FrontMP2 ocb ri May 14 20 40 18 2004
128. 00 e 112131415161716 Sy 70 EH g gt 2 5 3 06 c a 6 h 8 6 55841 m mn 5m lt e 111 C ug 5 am e Qmm 5882 18 E j Eee s 0 0028313 610 y 1 43 cod 9l 39 7 0002691 1220 lt l Cin A b 121 4 1 e anh tu HH ec eo o 29 1 30 E 664 es 1 9 2 1 7 8124 RS 1 30 1 c M elle js e 3661 5 I S le 504 IF i 1 5 ASS di 1256 ut 1 su e i9 e fu dale T ec 0 LI esc gt ud 8 18 ie 2 Sm A I omm 3 l 6 7 le Try 161925 110 914200 pcb Fri May 14 14 32 CAA V 3 U 200 40 41 060 ri May 14 16 55 49 2004 Ca o GOO dN 7000 66 006 4 UDUJJD 3 9cvr IY N Tar I Gy 1 oo ii f 1 diim mc la 1 0
129. 00 230MM UL1007 18 WHT N303 H01 WS4242413FN 0 WIRE ASS Y 2 5MM 240MM UL1007 2547 24 26 SHIELD N302 H01 WS5241523FN 7 WIRE ASS Y 2 5MM 150MM UL 1007 2547 324 26 SHIELD N301 H01 WS7241543FN 1 WIRE ASS Y 2 5MM 150MM 1007 2547 24 26 SHIELD 4CHANNELAMP 0 1 222202 Capacitors E CC 680POF 10 10 50 0V CE 1UF 20 50V D5XL11 P5MM 85C 408 507 508 607 608 707 708 803 CFIOCO104NN 5 2 00 C409 410 411 412 509 510 511 512 609 610 611 612 709 710 711 712 01 127 0 120UF 100 12X16 AHS 60 AVR7 300 harman kardon Ref Designator Part Number 4 CHANNEL AMP EEE Semiconductors Ep 2 22 777 H01 DG1N04148NB 4 D SLP 1N4148 100 0V 150E 3A 604 605 608 701 704 705 708 801 802 Q401 402 403 404 422 501 502 503 504 522 601 602 603 604 622 701 702 703 704 HO1 TRKTC3200NA 9 TR SHPLF KTC3200BL N 100MIOA 120V 722 0802 H01 TRDTC114YNW 6 TR SLPLF DTC114YSA 100MIOA 01 25 1360 6 TRANSISTOR 25 1360 5 150 0406 506 606 706 01 25 1370 7 TRANSISTOR 25 1370 100MIOA 40 320 0415 515 615 715 01 25 1859 2 TR SHPLF 25 1859 2 0 0420 421 520 521 620 621 720 721 01 25 1943 25 1943 220 e 01 25 3423 0 TRANSISTOR NPN 25 3423 50MIOA 150V Q412 512 612 712
130. 004 MP C Yoooo S Joooo e A S obo 55 A P801 03037014 F452 SB15A 250V FHS A Ae 2 4 o z R451 29 ws 20110 ag 0 Ua Gnd o 0 gr 5 ae Q le H R452 aR 86 22 lt L In bd ERES 0 x 2 2 0 B Lk o eS R462 bod 0453 S ms C472 r E 0454 of 0502 Tai R457 D455 0 0 0455 RISK OF FIRE REPLACE ONLY WITH SAME TYPE AND RATINGS OF FUSE S 0 e D gt 1609 FOR COTINUSED PROTECTION AGAINST AVR S00 SUPPLY MP pcb Mon May 1 10 02 15 2004 C465 C475 0 0472 ES A E EE D458 52 Se 154322 dus R454 lt gt 223 5 o an o 7 gt 5 p a 55 Pany 0900000 0 S os 00 6 6 6 N mem e TEES Stone 1005 m Fo R502 R448 aon C496 C476 C486 P Sma SB 1 6A 45 sxza zs ce o SB 16 250V 1 6 y xr 19 3E F454 2 1 FH20 0479 04490478 D450 132 T e
131. 00V SK41 A206D0054P 1 SWITCHED UNSWITCHED gt 00 NJ10 1N4004 87204 6063 33 1 4W 2 R467 gt 47UH 10 55 e L100 rial TxD ook 19688 RxD IC43 UPD4721 cog 1UF 1UF 50V 30V 3 4K7 1 16W 4K7 1 16W 552926 140 250 C453 100N 250V 12K 1W 5 METAL C457 gt 39000UF 80V M BP3504WF D452 100N 250V gt 39000UF 80 FROM MAIN TRANS C458 P818 12K 1W 5 METAL 100N 250V 100N 250V MAIN CAP B D 8 0210 FROM PUSH S W TO SUPPLY BD ROM OUTLET gt 815 BO2P VL 206 SUPPLY BD ir C459 lt m D FROM TRANS asas I 9 B02P VL 0 0047 40 A CN 2 0 06P 2 2 0mm ORS232 IN RxD O RS232 OUT Tx TO DSP BD TO FROM 4 35313 0210 lt FROM 4CH FCAMP TO 4CH FCAMP 5 SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM R501 10 2W 5 gt C501 gt wo 3 CN 2 SB 800mA 250V law FH 6 100NF 250 47N 100V 47N 100V 15A 250V R451 40 15W R452 40 15W 0453 2 0 0047 400V 0 0047 400V 33 1 4W R46 Q452 5 06 10K 1 16W gt gt I FCM2012H 252 0101 B D R692 100 1 16W R691 1K 1 16W 4 00 100N 16V N82
132. 10 gi 2677 Nico o mum 8 cmi mim e mim 19 imme AS IO x e Se 8 1 zeas hd 035520 22 779 9 9 19 mim ja dim Mim mim 4 19 24422442722 rer Sete 22 25 a 58 nO 1 CE i Boa e mum 8 059 ine oe a rom ED A totr mimi je mim 000 9909 Se Qe ss s lt TEAG IE sans 0 E e zu mim 555865 mos m 000 000 mim 2217 n 5 e em g cer mam mim 2227 ee iie m 444010 s mim 2 m e BER 222 a O gt 5 983 e e Ox ee axi e mim 5 eo e e ee e can 0000000000000000000 0000000 999909 0000 Oses 9 o e e O lt 141 FID3 z C133 zo 3C zo 0727 ee 1114 Bo SHE d
133. 100 1 16W RI 818 I a 220 10K 1 16W s 1 IC218 5 8 IC LTVBI7_2 Q6 7919 KTC3198BL a200 38 AHS R209 C235 S 5R6 3W 220 25 AHS D220 R261 B R9 m 8 55355 5 9K9 1 16W 0215 8 0201 8006 04 R212 0206 eg lt 1 8 C23 9 RA 2d Woo aus KDS1I60 SMD R210 K2 1 16W Kbsi60CSMD 4 AAA amp 2p 8 R13 1 4004 400 1 14203 2R2 1 4W Wy 7 EN 5 6 1 168 30801288 gt 0238 330 16 3 2 18 LEFT G 2200 100 AHS 30 1 2 Ou x gt o Yo 5 330 25 2 IR SIGNAL oo 5 A BUS2 BN Ol s IC LTV817 T gt 05 5 L 1111 R265 lt SK9 1 16W Y Q216 i gt Category RECEIVER Model AVR 7300 a gt X lt ol 07 5 5 5 1SS355 SMD lt gt 4 gt ls 5 8 5 6201 Stage Sheet B D name gt 12 gt 25552383 gt gt gt gt 5255 9 2 e lt o LIS I 4 5 amp I 19 TER LUG 21319121312 47k 7150 195385 5 HMS MAIN 5145 95 gt 2 PIES SO 9 gt S ol a gt o A A a s 96 25 12 5 gt lt lt gt lt lt aen 2 3 4 9 5 EN ol o SL e Approved Date Drawing No
134. 108 109 114 115 116 120 121 123 124 125 126 127 1 121201208 2 FERRITE BEADS FCM2012K 121T08 1200HM 2012 L101 H01 LS1002102CN 9 INDUCTOR COIL FCI2012 100K 100UH 0805 L102 103 H01 LS2U22102CN 0 INDUCTOR COIL FCI2012 2R2K 2U2H 0805 L100 104 H01 LS4U72102CN 4 INDUCTOR COIL FCI2012 4R7K 4U7H 0805 2 25 LL DLhArh x PX s CONNECTOR BD _ e E ss N107 108 509 602 01 195 00000 6 CONN 2 0MM 19 MA ST NAT MOLEX 35336 1910 0 0 N203 208 501 01 19 00000 9 CONN 2 19 SOCKET MOLEX 35237 191000 104 502 517 601 01 045 100 5 CONN WAFER 2 35336 0410 WHT N205 H01 WN14AB100WH 4 CONN WAFER 2 0MM 14P 35237 1410 WHT N503 01 145 100 1 CONN WAFER 2 35336 1410 WHT 2 MECHANICAL MISCELLANEOUS 2 11121 1 1 HOT RP421100BNN A POSISTORP42T8D100BW16 Ihol SWA2B21PDA amp 7 SWPUSH POWER SDDLB15700 HOf TXPWMMDOSBO5 AVR7300 120V TRANSFORMER HOf WF1581105FU 0 WIREFFCDHCDF 15 110 P125 AT HOf WF23845065FU2 WIREFFCDHCDF 23 450 P125 AT 01 50266005 8 WIRE ASSY 01 1533 2547 1007126 600MM 2 0MM 10P STR 1 2 1800100 5 1 2 015022009 7 SPRINGPLATE GND C52120 2T 7 014 0055240 JIALDOORAVR7300 1 2 115003002 ALPANELAVR430680 02115064003 7 SPRING
135. 1NA 5 RMGCFMIC 470 0 OHM 5 62MISW R18 19 20 RS3AD0472NA 3 RMGCFMIC OHM 5 62MI5W R15 702 706 724 727 737 739 751 755 RS3AD0473NA 1 RMGCFMIC 47K0 OHM 5 62MI5W RCA 10K0 OHM 5 62M15W 4 RMGCFMIC 220R0 OHM 5 62MISW sl Miscellaneous eee ee HO01 LAINBO470CR2 LF 47U0H 10 5 8 OHM 500MIOA 2345 L600 HO01 LAINBO47ACR 3 LF 4U7H 10 1 7 OHM 190 0A L100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 706 712 714 804 805 R879 H01 FB3002012NN 4 FBEAD SURFACE MT 3000HM FCM2012V 301T07 ig 1 3002012 4 FBEAD SURFACE 3000HM FCM2012V 301T07 L700 H01 FB2K52012NN 5 FBEAD SURFACE MT 2500 FCM2012H 252T02 TF11 12 HO1 LF11030A2NA 4 TFPULSE TRANSFORMER 110UH FP 110 FERRIT MAGNET P107 108 01 19 00000 9 CONN 2 0 19 MA R NAT SOCKET MOLEX 35237 191000 P103 1 235100000 2 CONN FFC 1 25 23P SCB 1123 00 2 VER NJ13 H01 SOJB04013HN 5 JACK RCA 4P OR OR OR OR JB040131HN TTT VD ALL 3 CHANNEL AMP Capacitors S e e 105 205 305 CCJICO120NN 2 CERAMIC 12PF 50V JCH TAP CAP CERAMIC 12PF 50V J CH TAP CPM 100NOF 10 250 0V jp 58 AVR7300 harman kardon Ref Designator 3 CHANNEL AMP EEE CM el Me NCEE ELEC 120UF 100 12X16 AHS Semiconductors er ae D907 H01 DZ1N05231NB 1 D ZENER 1N5231B 5 1V 500MIOW D107 207 307 H01 DR1N04004NA 1 D SR 1N4004 400 0V 1 0A D101 104 10
136. 2 digital sel AGND V5 g up t 929 318 99 g 5 20V A BUS ok 20V A BUS 2 2 0703 GND 2 2 LED_G olf oif 0 114 AGND O O RET E ET LED RED 3 RED am fm 165092 12 2 1592 delay 5707 32 577 LED GREEN 4 O LED GREEN Sm SS CN 2 0 04P GIL S 04P S2L2 EF 4P 5 2 ES N703 N703 1 1562 g Y 1502 set left 02 x BI COLOR LED preset down S708 2 D 578 AGND 0714 ls l NEN EN pe SS reset u 15B2 4 512 1502 set 909 5719 MIT source down 1562 VY 1 1582 5710 2 9 5720 set right AGND AGND Category Harman Kardon Model AVR7300 Reciver Ver Sheet B D name TMS v4 0 FRONT B D 1 49 Approved Date Drawing No JAN 26 01 8 7 IMPORTANT SAFETY NOTICE COMPONENTS IDENTIFIED BY MARK HAVE SPECIAL CHARACTERISTICS IMPORTANT FOR SAFETY WHEN REPLACING ANY OF THESE COMPONENTS USE ONLY MANUFACTURER S SPECIFIED PARTS THE UNIT OF RESISTANCE IS OHM K 1000 OHM M 1000 KOHM THE UNIT OF CAPACITANCE IS MICROFARAD uF pF 10 uF THIS SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM MAY MODIFIED AT ANYTIME WITH THE IMPROVEMENT OF PERFORMANCE s s 1 1 HWASUNG ASS Y 1 2 S 2 OUTLET B D i 5597 z8 2 3M3 1 2W 10x NEUTRAL o N RA 22 S ol 7 FH _FH12 FUSE 239 3 15 SB 3 15A 250V 50 5 1120 0 0047 4
137. 208 470 1 16W 44 28 72 1 16W C659 21 s L gt SC gaf EASY 52 214 2 TSH85 D ze SVS 200 0 2 8 1 pm L 16 gt 0201 NJ613 l lt C661 p S I PNE 8 KRA107M N SERPE 220UF 10V 2 3 5 x W ROOM IN EEG 1 t 24 R242 17T1 DB es 5 Wy 47kK 6w C PC 17T1 0B O o x 1 1 611 Esl CIGE 100K 1 16W 4 1 2 662 ILL Say T N 220UF 10V 8 I x 270 1 16W 9 525 7 42 MS lo ET R656 59 e57 23 a m Y 1168 IX TET azur fev azur 16v R ORO aa S EL 10887 mmi i 47 1 16W KDS160 SMD IC607 100 16 100N 16V 3 220UF 10V IC603 IC NJM2296 VIDEOS OUT R248 47 1 16W is IC NJM2296 C619 Tvou 2 Kral vous VID1 OUT BUFFER RMC OUT SW5 vour2 VID4 VNS Sw 7 7 10UF 16V VID1 2 606 1 E TRE ijs B C621 SW4 VOUT3 DVD VIN3 502 10 220UF 10V p ajuns 2 5 142 1 2 jee e s X E RI oe Ele riri iri 88 470UF 10V 470UF 10V SUPER SY INPUT SURER SY INPUT 9 z gt SELECTOR IC614 SE C655 IC MM1501 i eS gt 5185 1000 160_ L m sw 24 cT o IN2 VCC R627 Ki S 3 78 7 1 16W a 8 Ta 1000F 16V CV SY OSD
138. 223 224 225 228 230 243 245 247 CZZFI0224BF 9 CZJII0101BE 2 CAP CHIP 220NF 16V Y5V 80 20 0603 C159 160 161 CCCFMIC 100 5 5 50 0V 0603 ICAP CHIP 220NF 16V Y5V 80 20 0603 C159 160161 1 1 2 CCCFMIC 100POF 5 5 50 0V NPO 0603 137154 1 2010121 7 136153 1 2 015 9 2 10390 2 2 10471 2 CZKIIO102BC 7 CAP CHIP 1NOF 10 10 50 0V X7R 0603 CZKIIO103BC 5 CAP CHIP 10 10 10 50 0V X7R 0603 CZKIIO152BC 3 CTK410106ZN 0 TANT CAP CASE B 10UF 10 10 20V 3528 C143 155 178 181 187 189 194 197 211 212 213 214 217 218 219 221 222 226 227 CZZFI0104BF 8 CAP CHIP 100NOF 80 20 16 0V Y5V 0603 229 232 C169 C172 173 174 CZZFIO105BF 6 CZZFI0O224BF 9 CAP CHIP 1UF 16V Y5V 80 20 0603 CAP CHIP 220NF 16V Y5V 80 20 0603 Semiconductors Q106 107 D101 102 103 Q100 101 104 01 114 5 1 051550094 H01 TR2SA933ANW 2 H01 ICBU4053BB4 7 H01 ICBU4094BD3 2 H01 ICFLI2300NN 2 01 45643216 1 H01 ICMM1623XDA 7 H01 ICVPC3230NN 8 H01 ICPUCW3X3DG 8 TR SSD DTC114YKA 10 0 OHM 47K0 OHM D SLP 155355 35 0V 225 TR SLPLF 2SA933ASR 3 0A 20V IC BU4053BCF SOP16 ANALOG MPX DEMPX IC CMOS BU4094BF SOP16 C VIDEO ENHANCER FLI2300 PQFP 208 64M SDRAM K4S643232F TC60 TC70 C VIDEO DRIVER MM1623X SOP 28D C VIDEO DECODER VPC3230D VOLTAGE REGULATOR PJ1117CW 3 3 3 3 SOT 223 C11 IC16 IC17 H01 ICPJCW1X8DG 0
139. 3 8 8 2 5 lt F AROUDJA_SCK 4 FLRCLK1 RES AN6 CV SY RGB SYNC E 5 8 8 8 VOL TONE ALDAK IC M24C02WMN6 p 3 z 5 P 5 2 3008 0805 2 0 09 AM ANI7 H P IN 2 a 5 ASTB gt R 10K 1 16W 54 x 5 E aA 10K 1 16W 81 5 5 8 5 O ac TUNER STEP 5 3 Bo m gt 7 D o 552 s 85 ANS a 0 EEPROOM DATA 0 R753 n 95 S3 Bl ou T a 3 3V a gt g 8 0 EEG ze 9 COMPONENT INPUT Hp MUTE WRH 5 oS 25 513 581 0 Lal e ac 1 3V JO NM ANO PROTECT 5 2 25 S 5 87 ADC MODE BEN 5 R756 EE eas RX27 10KX4 Z GND jO AN 10K 1 16W RIS ele iss 8 7 gt s AN 88 ADC MODEO WRU x o 6 5 10K 1 16W x ee d SCL JO gg ST BY ON CLKOUT i spalo IC12 155355 5 0 7 0603 INTPO POWER DOWN 7 90 IC CPU 100P NEC a FL CEN GND O Ros HGP lt Se 1805 B 300RC 0805 lt JFR SL z o our ROS DATA y ER 92 z 533 5 31 5 81 5 5 5 4 5 5 55 8 5 5 5 3 41818 5 8 2 5 s 2 5 8 8 S 8 2 OA ss PU GN z GND O 42 6
140. 3 85 So ax cel F idle Ad R441 12 552028 5 VR41 2 2 g gt J gate F10 1 2W F 5 VRSO OHM 55 8 R429 gt lt 2SA1360 Y EM 215 2 2 e N406 8 i e 210 TO PRECESSOR _ N 2 5 05F Offset Adj ap Sidi fo Je CN 02 N705 P407 e e F2R2 1 2W iz P401 3 96 02 CN 3 96 02P o 58 5 5267 02 4 1 N40 4 1 ut 3 0411 0410 0404 1000 4877 5114 220 5114 2 Q R470 KTC3200 BL 2SC3423 Y 2SC3423 Y ior alo ie odi P B 2 0 D401 47K I idle 6 3 6 3 1N4148 bue 0405 RS Te N KTC3200 BL _ 2 gt aka ERE 5 A 0403 159244 B 77 7 B g NSS FA SZ SZ L x 7 7 z1 25 22 58 zc J 25 Fe u 5 v 55V ot 50 0405 2 81212 Sr S 2412 SIS P702 3198 81 42 8 zem 5 96 02 e P406 m 2221 a D507 213 FROM 0 CP LG ST 07P 1N4003 xi ol M D502 V 55V exo 14003 q423 25 oss 0523 ges Sz Sz lice 155244 OYY KTCSI9B BL o KTC3198 BL 2 oe o9 9 e SP RLY e O 5 SP RLY e o L 2k2 1 4w 5 77 2K ARYA NAHE 77 2 fuo zm Oo 24v LAW OX 77 8 ae 5 9 2 5 P MUTE 3 P MUTE Ox S mo
141. 300 s remote may be programmed to control up to nine devices Including the AVR 7300 Before using the remote it is important to remember to press the Input Selector Button that corresponds to the unit you wish to operate In addition the AVR 7300 s remote is shipped from the factory to operate the AVR 7300 and most Harman Kardon CD or DVD players and cassette decks The remote is also capable of operating a wide variety of other products using the control codes that are part of the remote Before using the remote with other products follow the instructions on pages 46 55 to program the proper codes for the products in your system It is also important to remember that many of the buttons on the remote take on different functions depending on the product selected using the Input Selectors The descriptions shown here primarily detail the functions of the remote when it is used to operate the AVR 7300 Power Off Button Press this button to place the AVR 7300 or a selected device in the Standby mode Note that this will turn off the main room functions but if the Multiroom system is activated it will continue to function Power On Button Press this button to turn on the power to a device selected by first pressing one of the Input Selectors 2 LCD Information Display This two line screen displays various information depending on the com mands that have been entered into the remote Input Se
142. 3470 3375 3475 AVR130 230 330 430 630 HK3250 AVR135 235 335 435 635 Subject Backup Memory on AVR DPR HK series receivers In the event of the complaint the receiver is losing its memory any programmed system settings when the unit is turned off or after the unit is unplugged briefly Check and replace Mode Designator Location Description Partnumber __ 712 0 047 Farad 5 5v capacitor 3439247315 D709 Front 1N4148 diode 482058322101 55134360 or AVR7000 C730 Front PCB 0 047 Farad 5 5v capacitor H J3432147324X AVR7200 C106 FrontPCB 0 047 Farad 5 5v capacitor 55134360 AVR7300 C657 DSP PCB 0 047 Farad 5 5v capacitor 1 479 5 55230310NR or AVR8000 C726 Front 0 047 Farad 5 5v capacitor 55134360 AVR100 200 C412 Front PCB 0 047 Farad 5 5v capacitor CEGT B473J 0J0 J4433210421X AVR300 C906 Front PCB 0 1Farad 5 5v capacitor or P10791 ND J4433210421X AVR500 C906 Front PCB 0 1Farad 5 5v capacitor or P10791 ND AVR110 210 310 510 AVR120 220 320 520 C216 Front PCB 0 047 Farad 5 5v capacitor 55134360 DPR1005 2005 C437 s 0 047 Farad 5 5v capacitor CEZXA0479MN 5 HK3370 3470 C301 Front 0 1Farad 5 5v capacitor CEGT B104J 0J0 HK3375 3475 C301 Front PCB 0 1Farad 5 5v capacitor CEGT B104J 0J0 C712 0 047 Farad 5 5v capacitor 3439247315 0709 Front PCB
143. 36 137 138 139 140 141 231 232 306 307 308 309 320 321 400 401 402 403 404 R223 262 271 295 R7 8 23 24 37 38 53 54 224 228 257 261 212 216 296 300 330 333 R156 157 159 160 R19 55 83 84 87 219 265 266 267 291 gt O N N N 2 gt 4 23 GOTO C2 gt gt O INI O T gt gt gt gt R320 321 341 342 R227 258 275 299 331 cO N Z 0 100 0100109 gt gt gt gt gt gjy S RK RK co co P P gt gt gt 01 A 09 2 J O N 2 T 1MIOF 20 6 3V 8X11 5 85 ELITE 100U0F 20 10 0V 5X11 85C P5MM Rs 0472473474 0108 3 1MIOF 20 6 3 8 11 5 85C ELITE 5 010 5 8 100U0F 20 10 0 5X11 85C PSMM CE 10UF 20 16V DAXL7 2 5 2000hours 85 O m I n Q S O N p 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 613 620 621 727 729 731 733 735 C150 151 152 153 233 549 618 630 649 723 800 807 811 820 822 828 830 C211 212 213 214 627 C203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 559 648 10725 9 100UF 20 16V D6 3XL7 P2 5MM 2000101015 85C
144. 4 CN 2 0 08P TO DSP B D FHIB F455 FH17 1N4004 100 1 4W 0507 2 4k7 1 4W 1N4004 R453 R454 4K7 1 4W 5x 6458 C465 0 56 50V 10K 1 16W R465 2 4K7 1 16W 10K 1 16W zo 5 gt nun gt 100K 1 16W R474 4 00 OPTI OUT TOTX179 OPTI IN4 TORX179 Harman Kardon 7500 SUPPLY FH20 o 10 2W 5x FUSE 239 01 6 9 21 gt gt 5 ibi 2 SB 1 6 250 A R502 4R7 1 4R7 1W C503 FUSE 239 01 6 D450 mlz 1N4004 1 5 6 5212 TO REG N813 A PE R455 4R7 2W N N 2 gt zig 815418 31 Tt OTE 2 S 5 o jo R504 0501 SA933S SPT Q4 IGIL S 4P S2T2 EF SB 1 6A 250V gt A av 2p W 1UF 50V C487 2 1 REVISION RECORD 2207 ITO REG 812 1 GIL S 5P S2T2 EF 5V EET O FAN O GND above 250mA P806 O 100N 14004 Q 2 Ros 2 SeT g grew Blo 8 5 9 x Te Oo 11 1310 LED ON OFF O LED 45 5V S O 44V 39 222 7 22V 2 O PWR DN amp 6V R456 pee urs GIL S TP S2T2 EF IK 1 16W 12 1W 5 1 4004 144004 see
145. 5 25 1 25 25 58 2 a a n h 55 RIB 100 1 164 100 1 169 i5 1 5 2 S g amp p 2 sP Jee 14 R118 33K 1 16W poen t To X 5 5 227 T NJM2068 S 0 1 16W 49 o 3 NJM2068 S R110 be Exi si x 4 470 R3 1K 1 16W DTATIAYKA 6 1 8 2 OPTION s 18 1022 8 si ss NE S ip 1 NA 2 e 2 Me Ite 7 2 2K4 1 16W 29 gt 5 0 Q3 Rk FE SZ 7 2 R238 100 1 16W C208 47 16 o Se 2 5 5 R20 33K 1 16W Sz R S UI fica R352 p ack um Hage 47 16 10 16 HP R C124 10 16 22 1 16W 831 5 R315 Q52 W 5 Se 100 1 16W 47 16 ARA of m R201 5 24 32 M KTD1304 2 8 5 52 RM NE 3 Q51 003 021 R195 100 1 16W C127 47 16 a V z RCA4P G 7 ee 18 2 3 5 2 AN R331 UDZS9V1 100 1 16W 813 3 y 10 16 15V R98 100 1 16W 58 R4 CY pe mc 5 4746 47 2 C21 C20 1 188 RAB A 201416 8 5 L cii 10ew S 2 5 100N 16V 100N 16V 5 5 5 zl 2 IC3 IC KIC9163AF 1 16W Sse 1 2068 5 118 1716 02247709 TONEL 1028 IC TC9481F 2 peo Xl 22 2 _i vss 00 28 om 5 81942 5 28 pen Lie e DES gt N 2 27 J S 100K 1 16W
146. 5 108 201 204 205 208 301 304 305 308 901 902 908 909 910 H01 DG1N04148NB 4 D SLP 1N4148 100 0V 150E 3A Q101 102 103 104 122 201 202 203 204 222 301 302 303 304 322 01 200 9 TR SHPLF KTC3200BL 100MIOA 120V Q902 01 114 6 TR SLPLF DTC114YSA 100MIOA Q108 109 116 208 209 216 308 309 316 01 25 1360 6 TRANSISTOR 25 1360 50MIOA 150V 2106 206 306 01 25 1370 7 TRANSISTOR 25 1370 100MIOA 40 320 0115 215 315 01 25 1859 2 TR SHPLF 25 1859 2 0 0120 121 220 221 320 321 01 25 1943 25 1943 220 0110 111 114 210 211 214 310 311 314 01 25 3423 0 TRANSISTOR NPN 25 3423 50MIOA 150 0112 212 312 1 25 4137 0 TR SHPLF 2504137 100 20V 0117 217 317 1 25 4883 8 TR SHPLF 25 4883 2 0 0118 119 218 219 318 319 1 25 5200 6 TRANSISTOR NPN 25 5200 10 0 1 Resistors ee Se a ed R138 139 238 239 338 339 1 22 0 RESISTOR METAL OXIDE 282 OHM 1W 5 R106 107 108 206 207 208 306 307 308 01011 0 RCF 100150 OHM 5 250MIOW 100160 OHM 5 250MIOW R120 121 122 123 220 221 222 223 320 0 321 322 323 RC3DIO1511N 7 RCF 150 OHM 5 1 4W R103 104 203 204 303 304 01521 5 1K5 OHM 5 250MIOW R124 125 146 224 225 246 324 325 346 01531 3 RCF 15KO OHM 5 250MIOW
147. 5 A21 MULTI MUTE EVDD g 0 72 P64 A20 REC MUTE EVSS 19 71 P63 A19 POWER MUTE ADC RESET P26 TI2 TO2 T 70 P62 A18 SUB MUTE CODEC RESET 27 12 69 61 17 SB MUTE RMC IN P30 TIOO 13 68 P60 A16 S MUTE CODEC CE DAC 4391 RST P31 TIO1 14 67 P57 AD15 C MUTE uPD70F3033B MULTI ROOM IN P32 TI10 SI4 15 66 p5e AD14 F MUTE CODEC CLK P33 TI11 SO4 16 65 P55 AD13 PLL DATA OUT CODEC DATA OUT P34 TO0 A13 SCK4 17 64 P54 AD12 PLL DATA IN CODEC DATA IN P35 TO1 A14 18 63 P53 AD11 PLL CLK CODEC INT P36 TI4 TO4 A15 19 62 P52 AD10 PLL CE 4391 CONTROL 7 15 20 61 P51 AD9 TUNED Gerally 47K Pull down Flash 8V C VPP 21 60 P50 AD8 T MUTE DSP RESET 100 5 22 59 BVSS DSP HINBSY P101 RTP1 KR1 A6 23 58 BVDD DSP INTERQ AB P102 RTP2 KR2 A7 24 57 PA7 AD7 9273 9162 CE2 DSP CLK AB P103 RTP3 KR3 A8 25 56 PA6 ADG 9273 CE1 9162 CE 9163 CE DSP CE AB P104 RTP4 KR4 A9 26 55 p4s aps DSP DATAOUT P105 RTP5 KR5 A10 27 54 P44 AD4 A DATA DSP DATAIN AB P106 RTP6 KR6 A11 28 53 P43 AD3 9482 59 81 VOL CLK DSP INTERQ C P107 RTP7 KR7 A12 29 52 P42 AD2 9482 59 81 VOL DATA DSP CLK C P110 WAIT A1 30 51 P41 AD1 4094 DATA 2 CD 6 a 2 I a m lt lt lt E EN Q x E ra F 6 a e gt g gt gt a CD a 6 lt 52 Y gt z d Ex 5 2 cc d gt I I a a a 0 52 2 a o Sm a m a a LO a r
148. 51 450 0449 HO1 DR1N04004NA 1 D SR 14004 400 0V 1 0A 506 504 503 502 501 479 478 473 472 466 507 IC43 H01 ICUPD4721D8 3 UPD4721 DRIVERS RECEIVERS CMOS RS Q501 2 24 2 2222 Resistors 2 552220 52 2 22 22 RESITOR METAL OXIDE 282 OHM 5 2 0W RMGCFMIC 2 2 OHM 5 62MISW RMGCFMIC 5K6 OHM 5 62MISW x j Miscellaneous NJ85 H01 SORA21502NN 2 CON PHONO SCKT RCA 2P W GNDCAP CJ020009VN OO NJ87 H01 SOTOR179LBA 0 D LEM TORX 179L NJ86 H01 SOTOT179LBA 7 D LEM TOTX 179L NJ81 H01 SOXA27014NN 9 CON MAINS INLET INLET 7014 NGP 05 45020 T451 H01 TXPWMSD05A0 7 TRANSFORMER STBY AVR7300STBY 120V 60HZ El48X15 N813 H01 WG06SB83200 1 WIRE ASS Y 320MM 6P UL1007 26 2 0MM STR WHT N812 H01 WG04SB83600 4 WIRE ASS Y 360MM 4P UL1007 26 2 0MM STR WHT 64 AVR7300 harman kardon POWER SUPPLY uc N824 H01 WS8267005EN 5 Wen ASS Y 2 0MM 8P 700MM 11007 15334826 SHIELD H0T ZMD05HS01007 HEATSINK BRIDGE AVR7300 1 2 05506 00 5 7 BRACKETBRIDGEH SINK AVR7300 H01ZMD0518A0 5 SHIELDDIGITALAVR7300 P801 1 25 00000 6 CON 3 96 PITCH HEADER 2 POS MOLEX 35328 0210 E E VIDEO PCB HE x j Capacitors Er f s 200221272125 C656 685 CEHEC01075E 8 100U0F 20 10 0V 5X11 85C P5MM C601 603 604 606 611 613 618 621 626 628 661 662 667 668 2275 9 220UF
149. 64 oN R701 10 6 amt n3 ala 51 677 4N7 M 100V MN 0701 9 9 RI E 221 gro 0 22 5W D 0 22 5W D SENM ae 1K 1 4W 0702 AU po e gt FT ox ot 95 R771 R772 NT MAIN CTR G KTC3200 8L lt 5 1 0 6 873718 m N4148 N 2 5 06P S KTC3200 BL alo eral F15 1 2W OT 0705 1 ooc 548 8 5 Idle Adj TO PRECESSOR B D o 0 e 8 85 VR71 SS 18 5 2 T gt 1 q 4J F10 1 2W F10 1 2W 1 2 0 02 2 0 428 2 0 028 2 0 02 4700100 O CEN z 25 50 185 15 R729 gt CN 20 0208 7 0 02F TIS dol io O P404 m 81 218 68 620R 5 1 gt MN Z 1 20 20 5 1 O l4 SpkR RLY 22 1997 3 2 1 2 5 24 Offset Adj 07 250 e e C e e e Ve 2541943 3 96 02 N C i 5267 02 N804 0704 0710 0711 8 C764 ERU KTC3200 BL 2803423 2503423 lol iae aaj 4N7 M 100V pi w e Q703 9 SEE uU E 1N4148 KTC3200 BL EE 222 Sod 52 53 5155 Zo Tur D703 155244 i 48 SS 5 STS Te 2 1 55 e Q705 I 81 ES fas 5 gt lt KTC3198 BU 15 e o 3 e e S Category AV RECEIVER Model AVR7300 Stage Ver Sheet B D name HMS v2 101 4 Approved Date Drawing No 51
150. 708 709 710 712 711 gt E GOES ns EN RR rm I GREEN mG PIA 0 0 0 0 0 0 Q 4 tu wast TONE MODE SPEAKER CHANNEL DIGITAL SEL E T dus 88 713 S714 715 716 lt s 35 720 i doop go o dollop do ob qo go 130 AVR SO00 FrontMP2 pcb Fri 14 20 51 21 2004 83941 92 he e 0 1 as 1 EE B NER ES 000000000 000000000 000 4 2 100000000000 241 I Er T3238 tt 6 0 0000 e Vie dd e e 8 Vh 8 D e 13 e no e aoe e e t b 5 8303 m vat at o N E e e 01 e e T 0 9 800 0 um 98 em e BAVA gata o e EN e OB 20 D e e SEE ls e e 13633 8 ee wien i 02 020 3 4 e 2 e o E 2 a e 1111149 Wt 6 3390 031 8 MI RV
151. 8 W AMy B 1K 1 16W R327 2K2 1 16W 0 TIR R44 100 1 16W e 29 me NJM2068 S SNS m R326 1 1 168 8358 470 1 16W 7 3 inest R16 33K 1 16W 5 100k Tw 2 5 47 16 47 16 R142 R243 100 1 16W C146 47 16 S W IDEO1 R39 R346 014 E 58124 NJM2068 S S C97 C96 100 1 16W C168 47 16 myer 2 470 1 16W IK 16W DTATIAYKA ice ze 5 kim ua R304 100 1 16w P 507 m C88 zz our 2 gt 100 1 16W R359 470 1 16W gt nK 1 16W SBL 5267 04 R57 01 1611 10 16 5 c87 8 1297 1055168182 014 M UZ9VI S SBL R591 2 5 1 28 mmi 1 pat gt 10 16 1 VSS VD 28 R133 100 1 16W C95 47 16 R299 470K 03 5 GND 1 o 27 aR WM S 5 m R126 100 1 16W C89 47 16 3 7 26 D dud mu R298 2K2 1 16W 5 R156 JOO 16W 470 1 16 25 0538 300 5 2201 16 ale gt gt S2 B8 R292 S 5 5 gt C98 447 16 99 447 16 C202 447 16 1 164 R149 B CIR 24 R SW me R296 2K2 1 16W Z0 1 5 E s LT KTD1304 E oe 0167 SPF 8 M a lt CIR 0 7 SW 0 5 x e VIDEO 2 s L S 100 1 16 955 gt gt SB TERED 5 Z Tol 5 C171 33PF 2 2 5 5 8 58 155 ol 8 TTE 2515 Te sl Cer g a R309 5 1 168 5 2 4 o MP o S gt o gt AW a Soz TS STS 11 18 e 5 9 22 NV
152. 9 0 2 5 V5 SC 9 N301 12V 10 2 5 15V 7 Protection CTR OUT 24V 6 SPKR RLY SPK RLY 24V G 24 FL OUT NC 0 2 5 6 en G z Protec A FR OUT Q Protec B G Protec B 5 5 e 8 32 58 M Jo i SBR OUT 5 5 BS ov Wise C ep EESTI SSP aS SSS SSS SSeS reme enemies nese we TI o o O 024 Q 6 928 5 OS 5 88 TDN l gt o 81 lt a o gt 25 2 05 2 2 xB eZ9tt9o NT CGONG N OO 1 1 423500 5 1 2X REED TY 1 a wow E 2 2 2 2 mo gt gt 55559557 11 222502 5 590 gt Sole 440 002 3 0 060 0979 b gt 207 lt lt 00 gt gt 6 lt 00 lt 2226 25 22228 aS 32327134 6 50586545 2 2 Reset zo o 55 w202 Site naro s E1 2 yu 10 onan wm EOD 6 5 9 Oe a oe I Aalenmenon woe 98 7 ECTO K TE m aA 3P 1 251 2 5 O gt CP M0 3 96 2 2 2 3 N306 SEE x 5 x 5 nm lt O lt gt lt
153. 9 2 MCLK ANR 0 5 SBL 4K3 16W 1K2 1 16W Wy N 8 3008 0805 2008 080 RST O 1 16W Sin C459 zz I 001111 L109 09 ag S 10 16 SSE 25 560 1 16W EEG 0 D C407 1 SDOUT AINL C164 B 3 1 10 16 55 4 3 1 16 1K2 1 16W R68 Q 10 vow TST gt gt T 100N 16V 100N 16V 50 I ll Rer oc 15V lt 10 7 7 0 T R437 5k6 1 16W 10 16 SSE 10K 1 16W H w v 50 aS Cs C165 0 T I 2 5 100N 16V 100N 16V 810 W 2 R231 5 8 5 4 1 o2 R O 10 16 55 4K3 1 16W 1K2 1 16W el gt F j 48555 aaa Sle R408 R424 Spe tea es x 100 16 SSE gt SR_ 9 x 2 NY 2595 10 1 55 5 5 I e SBR_ OUT 5 Wy AS Oiew 1 10 P 5 SBR 4k3 1 16W IK2 1 16W Li 8163 j Is o R409 R425 R460 5 N i gt R187 12 SBR_ OUT gt gg ANA 560 1 16W HDCD OPTION 1 oS POK 1 16W 10 16 SSE 25 gt VW 10 16 SSE 5 Bla 5 0 1 16W 7 ok 1 16W 10K 1 16W 13 6 LOIS as R501 Z R203 to 4 TS 25 AR ANN 181 gt s 18 5y pue Ex mcr 5 gt gt 5 HV gt o 22 gt 2 35 C235 100P 50V 10 16 SSE u T Sto
154. A4 6 10 S AOUTB4 Q AOUTB4 W i External 8M Flash FRONT LEFT FRONT RIGHT SURROUND LEFT SURROUND RIGHT CENTER BACK SURROUND LEFT FIG 1 1 Block Diagram of 1 BACK SURROUND RIGHT the Surround Processor circuit Power mp SUB WOOFER RS SW Line Amplifier 222 34 AVR7300 harman kardon Upd70FS3033BGF 38BA PORT DEFINE FOR 0 5 x T 2 i 5 E lt 2 5 5 6 Bi B 322012 F x m x a 25 5 z amp 8 lt a lt m 0 G o O 9 F 5 9 8 8 82 2 8 8 8 5 5 282 K 6 6 O lt G G z 6 d ete 9 5 o 2 gt Q Q e jam 2 9 D n 29 RC De dL ee 22 287 3222 14042227 22220 N c b d e N CD N N c gt a gt lt gt N N Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q 100 99 98 97 96 95 94 93 92 9 90 89 88 87 86 85 84 83 82 81 RS 232 TX P14 SO1 TXDO 1 80 P73 ANI3 N C VPP CONTROL P15 SCK1 ASCKO 2 79 P72 ANI2 N C HDCD GAIN P20 SI2 SDA1 8 78 P71 ANI1 AD 2 2 4 0 AD KEY1 FL RESET STB P22 SCK2 SCL 5 FLSTB 76 AVREF FL DATA IN BLK P23 RXD1 SI3 6 FLBLK 75 Aves FL DATA OUT DI P24 TXD1 SO3 7 74 AVDD FL CLK CLK P25 ASCK1 SCK3 8 FLCLK 73 P6
155. AO RTF2 KR2 A7 PACG RTP3 KR AB 0 C 105 5 10 0 1 11 0 1077 12 P440 WATIT A1 22 23 24 25 27 28 29 90 P112 43 Ge FAA Cor P111 A2 L7 C L2 Pa3ADGTBFD Cha Cra Pae AO 74 Pin 1 Identifier LJ LJ Provan LJ LJ PTO ANIO LJ AVREF C C A21 PAAD PIN 1 r harman kardon AVR7300 uPD7OF3033BGF 1 TH TOD TOT 2 3 ETO THITOS TISTO5 500 510150043 501 SIASDA 2 SCK2 SCL1 7 q SOLTADO SH RXDO SCKT ASCKD SOXTXD1 SIS RXD1 SCK3SIASCK1 5044 54 SCK4 KRD to harman kardon c HLDR HLDAK 2 01 queue ASTE PH gt DSTBIRD RN WR 2 LUBEN 2911 SEROWRL 200 WAIT 2110 Alto A12 P100 to P107 P110 to P113 L ASA1310415 P34 to P3 A1 to A21 POO to PE ADD to AD15 IP4D to PAT PSD to P5 Timee counter 18 bit timer 1 8 b1 timer TRG to EA CLKOUT Keyretum EL DMAC Foe AID 10 08001401 converter x x2 A CG m E B5 f i f M XTi of ot
156. AROUDJA PART IC14 1623 MITSUMI JAPAN MMI623 ELD 9 420 5 120 E e 89 AVR7300 harman kardon 45643232 TC60 TC70 64M SDRAM FAROUDJA PART 12 119 FUNCTIONAL BLOCK DIAGRAM LWE Data Input Register LDQM POU COMI Bank Select 001 1nd3nc usado Jeune Jepaoaser mon Column Decoder sseJpp w 85 1 A1 DOM N C 0016 Vesa 0017 DQ18 0019 0020 Vssa 0021 0022 DDG 0023 VDD Latency amp Burst Length Programming Register LCAS LWCBR LDOM Jang LCKE LRAS Timing Register CLK CS RS CAS WE DOM LCBR 86Pin TSOP 400mil x 875mil 0 5 mm Pin pitch 90 0 KRA107M DTA114YS VIDEO PA Q201 Q201 EQUIVALENT CIRCUIT OUT 9 COMMON KRC107M DTC114YS 3CH AMP Q901 4CH AMP Q802 EQUIVALENT CIRCUIT OUT RI IN R2 COMMON 258114517 05 1 EMITTER 2 COLLECTOR 3 BASE 1 EMITTER 2 COLLECTOR 3 BASE 0 3 20 MAX Pe 240015 PE 127 1 27 2 30 F 20 0 60 3 20 wax 240015 E om Lo 0 75 3 1 MAX 0 75MAX 10 5MIN x lt 1 2 COLLECTOR 3 91 harman kardo
157. C 9 00 V a 5660 4062 5 i 984 t Af BI 0 ge X a gt LIDJO BE BN ee 6 086 8 Lis EID8 m 4 mm u e a TESA EBS 80 852 8865 0682 ceca 116 235 e 271 16 3 610 39 p 4 o e 1 n iae ON 22 EM ie 5 118 R 300 CD KOCE 5 04 Fri 23 A FID1 r co c c D TUNER du e 14 RLY 5 3 P MUTE 12 SW MUTE NJ51 he cun lt Ir eS 4 a R262 03 NJ52 C27 ORA 7 rax E 0 PROCESSOR B D 03 25 2004 MP kardon PBDODKPOBZU 07 harman um NJ54 aa iE 71 E lt ESE A 14 15 PROTECT gt gt i lt lt gt
158. CE 47UF 20 16V D5XL7 P2 5MM 2000hours 85C O m I n Q N N 0 CEHICO1055E 6 CE 1UF 20 50V D5XL11 5 85 2255 7 10425 5 1 1 0 1 475 8 477 1 479 5 CE 2U2F 20 50V D5XL11 P5MM 85C CE 100NF 20 50V SSE TYPE DAXL7 P2 5MM 85C CAP ELEC 1000UF 16V M 10X16 SHL SAMYOUNG CE 4 7UF 50V M 5X11 SHL SAMYOUNG CE 470U0F 20 10 0V 6 3X11 85C ELITE CM 47MIOF 80 20 5 5V SCDA5R5473V IO O IO O 00 OQ o m 3 O N N 0 AVR7300 harman kardon Ref Designator Part Number PEEL OD 51 DSP PCB E a C100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 235 236 237 CZJII0101BE 2 CCCFMIC 100201 5 5 50 0V NPO 0603 238 600 601 602 603 604 605 606 608 611 615 616 625 626 704 N N N N olo oo 216 RIN S S NIS 03 09 ss 00 om 0700 752 22 5 5 50 0V 0603 C890 470 5 5 50 0 NPO 3 314 315 318 319 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 CZJII0561CE 0 560 5 5 50 0V NPO 0805 447 C805 CAPACITOR CERAMIC CHIP 68PF 50V CH J NPO 0603 C243 244 721 CAP CHIP 1NOF 10 10 50 0V X7R 0603 m 2 2 puse cea n oe EES CAP CHIP 10NOF 10
159. D 8 2 B 215 P702 V 55V ee e 0202 155244 5 309 NM 29 55 TES ale els ped xh xU 215 za za 828 889 B 2 nos 10N M 4 52 u gt e Solo E 52 0215 e IARU 1 25A1859A 0218 0219 0207 0208 0209 KTC5200 25170 1 KTA1268 BL 25 1360 2SA1360 Y R212 1 00 i F2R2 1 2W Leoo 22 R244 N302 5 12 w CN 2 5 05P Surr L 875 0 6V F10 1 2W 28 51 B gt 7 590 1K am gt O 2 SURR 1 i 3 Nat 8 0 22 5W D g2 5W 0 NES oB a R271 R272 0 NL L 1 0 6V R2 e 3 1 R245 OB PROIEC A nls 4 R243 1K2 stg 8 BES zs Idle Adj F10 1 2W E Sen SK21 1 I 5 2 22zjz 18 5 2 9 x 5 6 gi ffset Adj TUI 6 TT zt 51 e e I lt P385 z SET 8 5 CP MO ST 02P 9 859 EE 7 1 77 218 0210 0211 56 2 1 8 77 77 15 an 1 R270 9203 2 17 2SC3423 Y 2 lt 5 184148 47K KTC 529 BYERS O idle adj 8 7 Eg D MW e 9 9 9 5 gs es 2 5 eS 311 5 5 zl 2 D PATY 4 T T CN 3 96 03P TO CAP 0 GF a 55 lt lt ZEN D203 155244 e SPKR G 115 95 553 979 mz G e 8 e P321 t 77 2 91 z 9 S 5 SP
160. E C 7 8 8 607 l RGB Y CHECK GND Wy o gt 78 7 1 16W o DATA encble AAA VID5 SC 9 TOUF 16 05 Ae 3 9 5 NJ603 78 7 1 16W 9 8 5 4 kak vss Qs gt gums MULTI 2 3 78 7 1 16W CONTROL Man felt N602 ie roo SuPFR SC2 3 R 44 42 02 jj 3 5 310 9 MONITOR OSD IN 4 6 2 R3 5V 5 O 8 4 GND 6 E o gt 8 5 T IC606 VENE 7 4 _ 20 IC NJM2296 RMC 10 1 0 2 1101 0107 Ll 85 youre o 01 00 ViD4 3 vs 1 aN 16V 3 we in 11111 0 604 E 5 EE 220UF 10 4094 DATA O 15 gt 6 C613 2 i CO 4094 ST 4 4 g 220UF 0v C668 220UF 10V fee 4094 CLK 15 z vss cs E z 16 Lu 2 1 lof voy C638 1 4094 DATA IN 17 5 225 20 8 C669 3E s SC SY SFIFCT 18 22 8 45 470UF 10V 470UF 10V gels 19 lt SUPER SC INPUT of x TRAE SELECTOR 5 E VIDEOS IN OUT 58 8 5 SELECTOR SSE 35 o 8 2 8 55 R251 2 4 AAA 0 R617 10K 1 16W 1 2 2 7 78 70 16w O RJ612 x 3 R618 C616 R240 IC PC T7T DB 5 ww KDSIGO SMD 605 78 7 1 16W gt 7 AN 2 N a R619 r 0
161. HE e Y OUT GND OLO harman kar don GND 73 OMAIN m R 29 2004 M SBDOSKMABIO _ xi JA202 RY2 RY203 RY205 T JA201 ne 11014 8 ul B m B B eee e 5 sae 03 5 EE Row je oug ovo j Fri May 14 15 17 46 2004 MONOU 138 zi 3500 Main MP pcb e e EIDS e 7 1 LIDS e ca e0000000000000 000000 e e o 000000 oo S e 4 e e e mum TT e C335 e 66 di e e e zii e mm ys o 5 e 8 000 e 6 6 6 6 6 8 e e 2 mm H eta a o e ae e e e e e e e i iz e e 9 9 MES ened ee mim mm 30S0 000000000000000 5 e o 9 9 sass 2 E e 22299 a 223 z 9 a C e x e 0 ee e eu N UCSF e e 5 94 rosa vas
162. I27 CLKIN 55 5 PIN108 LRCLKO 777777 ER MICON agai Ek QIqe 2 12 REMOCON 1 g z 5 5 a 8 7 DSP CONTROL UPD70F 3033BGF PIN13 14 15 16 Y800 23 z P CTR 2 eem RVA MCLK lt PINSS RMCK ADC IN 2 gt 9 588 2 DJ gt v 8 D SW FUNCTION VOLUME TUNER CONTROL 2 gt 5 IC6 TEE DH 1C9273N SBL t C22 NJ88 Wey D 5 IC26 54391 SBR KIC9163AF 29 METE _ FOR Lt Rt OUT 2 IC3 22 MUTE O r Art 027 I REC MUTE MUTE gt E 1 1 MODULE gt Be Jic27 ADC CS5361 FOR 8CH FL FR SDATA SCLK is 2 E N DIRECT FL 916 E 2 gt 028 ADC 1 E FL gt FOR 8CH SL SR SDATA 8 SUM FL SCLK gt LRCLK 8 MCLK 1 1029 ADC CS5361 FOR 8CH CTR SW lt gt SDATA SCLK P 1 gt gt 1 MCLK DSP CTR 8CH CTR QQQQQQQQQQQ IC601 NJM2296 VIDEO1 2 VIDEO VIDEO3 IC605 NJM2296 2 10602 NJM2296 IC606 IC603 qp gt NJM2296 IC608 MM1232 VIDEOS SY 9 VIDEO4 SY VIDEOS SC VIDEO4 SC 10607 NJM2296
163. IC 100 OHM 5 62MI5W 3 co RS3AD0151NA 1 RMGCFMIC 150150 OHM 5 62MI5W RS3AD0200NA 3 RES CHIP 20 OHM 1 16W 5 0603 RS3AD0203NA 8 RS3AD0221NA 6 RS3AD0302NA 6 RS3AD0332NA 8 RS3AD0432NA 4 RMGCFMIC 4K3 OHM 5 62MI5W RS3AD0472NA 3 RMGCFMIC OHM 5 62MI5W RS3AD0473NA 1 RMGCFMIC 47K0 OHM 5 62MI5W RS3AD0561NA 4 RMGCFMIC 560150 OHM 5 62MI5W NO 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 RS3AD0562NA 2 RMGCFMIC 5 6 OHM 5 62 447 RS3AD0682NA 3 RS3AD0750NA 1 RS3ADO0000NA 0 RS3ADO0000NA 0 RS3AD0100NA 7 RS3AD0101NA 5 R10 12 466 467 472 473 600 601 602 603 604 605 606 607 608 609 610 617 618 628 RS3AD0102NA 3 RMGCFMIC 1 OHM 5 62MI5W 629 630 631 641 R5 9 14 16 17 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 RS3AD0103NA 1 RMGCFMIC 10 OHM 5 62MI5W 226 227 228 229 230 231 240 241 611 612 613 615 616 624 868 869 871 872 873 874 R455 622 RS3AD0104NA A RMGCFMIC 100KO OHM 5 62MI5W R464 465 RS3AD0122NA 8 RMGCFMIC 1K2 OHM 5 62MI5W EEE RS3AD0151NA 1 RMGCFMIC 150150 OHM 5 62MISW RS3AD0203NA 8 RMGCFMIC 20K0 OHM 5 62MI5W N A R156 158 159 160 161 162 163 527 Ql N AVR7 300 harman kardon Ref Designator Part Number DSP PCB R725 736 738 752 RS3AD0222NA 4 RMGCFMIC 2 2 OHM 5 62 R2 875 RS3AD0332NA 8 RMGCFMIC 3K3 OHM 5 62 R25 710 722 RS3AD047
164. K2 1 16W COP AM 1 3 7 C46 1 07 6 10 16 SSE Category A V RECEIVER AVR7300 C415 FRONT MUTE 0 16 55 4ksQ 1w 20 168 C447 CENTER Stage Ver Sheet B D name v SURR BACK MUTE 84457 5K6 1 16W 2 SUBWOOFER MUTE HMS V1 00 DSP 2 ei 5 E POWER MUTE PK RLY ol 114 Ji gt 8 SPKERE Draw Approved Date Drawing No ad q 3 ex oj o e e 107 108 BD 35237 19P TO PROCESSOR HDCD BD 35237 19P CON TO PRO MAIN 147 5 4 3 CN 2 0 14P N205 SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM N602 N601 N517 N502 B D 2 0 19P CN 2 0 04P CN 2 0 04P 2 0 04 OOOO OOOO OOOO 2 ei n o 5 2 E N a 8 GND CV SY SEL 6 ST 45V 4 40945 1 GN Vi 24V 2 GND 1 VIDEO CHECK D A 5 V 8 7 4 OSD IN 3 5 2 SUPER SC OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO000 CN 2 0 14P N503 2171289 319 mmu 7 8 222 m 2 ex SPK RLY P MUTE 18
165. KR G og 6505 3 B72 SJS je 18 4 55 CP LG ST 07P D107 114002 KTC3198 BL 2 5 5 55 184003 0123 GU 55v 0223 6 3 e E e S 55 2 kKTC3198 BL o E 55 KTC3198 BL 2 2 Nc be o NC R156 8256 o 5 P MUTE oe o CN 3 96 03P o amp PROI B 2 9 oE ol 2 6 FH CP LG ST 07P 25 4 55 P322 V 55V 0302 155244 gt 2 2 23 B xls 5 2 8 a st C315 1 T 882 oro oT TT us 10N M lS 2 9 0212 c 8 Sj as T oq 710315 1 2SA1859A SK31 2 3 3 0318 0319 1 0307 0508 0309 KTC5200 8 i 2 5 KTA1268 BL 2SA1360 Y 2SA1360 Y 9 E 3 R326 F2R2 1 2W L BEAD i 2K2 R344 N303 olt 5 8340 1K2 77 CN 2 5 04P Surrback L 255 8 0 6V F150 F10 1 2W F10 1 2W me 27 LLL 511 gn p 5 B eum n o B 8 0 22 5W D 42 59 0 as ol G ez o z on ac oF R371 R372 aH P MUTE sa Si 0 6V R 5 3 R345 0307 E eI 3 m ales n is s KS 162 R349 7 55 1N4003 0323 C162 528 878 8 o 255 8 8 28 Adj Wr 22 8 9 KTC3198 BL T 4N7 M ra u to 29 R529 Ta Q316 eimi m j 1 55V je e O 5 E 1 gt 5 NC aye
166. LIQPUS DTS 6 1 Discrete Yes X JGENERALFEATURES Component Compatibility Hali Yes Thermal Controlled Air Cooling ales Smart Control System 1 DVD Audio Bass Management Capability Yes REMOTE CONTROL Sampling Upconversion to 9612 Yes ofDevices 8 amp 8 VIDEO DSP SECTION Ves S gt Composite Downconversion Backlit Faroujda Video Test Signals Color Bars Yes AUDIO INPUTS 11 14 AMFM Ye 1 ICD res ae 6 5 1 Channel Direct Ves 8 7 1 Channel Direct Ves 1 AUDIO VIDEO INPUTS 11 1 Videot Re Video2 Re Video3 Re 4 Re VideoS DVD Rea Ye 1 S VHS Video Inputs Outputs Ves 3 In 1 Out Component Video Inputs Outputs HD TV Capable 100Mhz I Component Video Inputs Configuarable Yes 1111 AVR7300 harman kardon FRONT PANEL CONTROLS iG HH il Hm 10 AVR 7300 DIGITAL EX m VID m DVD m 072 m 0 m FMAM m VID4 m TAPE m 05 m 6CH m 8H m DODIGTALEX m 15410617 DCDi m VMAx VIRTUAL SPEAKER HEADPH ONE byFAROUDJA m DOHEADPHONE m DSP 85 VIRTUAL m 57 STEREO m SURR OFF harman kardon Aic Qe 9299 1 0 mum
167. M 500MIOA RY1 2 203 204 205 206 1 10517811 RELAY D3009 1 1462033 4 G201 H01 ZNMSA4004SN 4 TERMLUG GND W350 1 015011000 9 WIRE ASS Y 1007816 STR 110MM 1P TERMINAL F200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 1 2200006 6 FUSE 2A 250 7 6X8 6 55 5 SAVE FUSETECH Processor PCB Capacitors j L C176 177 CEHDCO108NN 3 CE 1MIOF 20 6 3V 8X11 5 85C ELITE C5 8 15 18 39 42 55 58 74 77 78 81 86 89 92 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 108 109 112 119 120 122 127 129 132 4765 3 CE47UF 20 16 0V D5XL11 85C 133 138 145 146 153 158 165 168 175 189 201 202 208 209 210 224 225 233 C221 222 CEHIC04755E 6 4U7F 20 50 0V 85C P5MM C6 7 13 14 16 17 19 20 37 38 40 41 53 54 56 57 59 60 75 76 79 80 82 83 84 85 87 88 90 91 106 107 113 114 116 118 121 123 124 125 126 131 139 140 142 144 147 149 151 152 159 160 162 164 169 170 172 174 190 195 196 197 198 205 206 207 C12349 10 11 12 21 22 23 24 25 26 7 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 61 62 63 64 65 70 71 72 73 110 er 117 136 143 155 156 163 166 173 178 179 CZJII0101BE 2 CCCFMIC 100 5 5 50 0V 0603 180 181 182 183 184 191 192 193 194 223 226 227 228 229 C67 69 130 134 188 203 204 231 232 CZJIIO330BE 9 5 5 50 0V 0603 C128 135 CZKI1I0821BC 8 CAP CHIP 820208 10 10 50 0V X7R 0603 C94 148 CZKII0222BC 8 CAP CHIP 2N2F 10
168. O 1 16W 64 622507 150 1 16W M di 4 10 16 SSE 4K3 1 16W 5 10K 1 16W R207 R159 C137 C400 R400 20K 1 16W 10 16 SSE FL_ OUT gt N 4 2 0215555 So CZ18W 10 18 S3E 10 16 SSE 150 1 16W C130 R136 ANA 100N 16V 100N 16V gt IC33 A FL sud E 2 6178 100P 50V 6145 100P 50V N IGEOPAME K 1 16W RCA4P G FL_ 0UT 8 560 1 16W 802 8199 150 1 16W gt m gt SZ gt gt 10 6 SSE 5 IC BU4053BF 8300760805 3 59 200 150 1 16 Se 2 m om 9 CTR IS ies 1 6 Sr C178 44400P 50V C146 4 00P 50V x 29 2 sow TS 58 55 2 pee 5 Lo 150 1 16 5184 7 So 25 x 100P 50V 58 AAA 4 3 4 o AAA WW e Af 1229 2 R208 AN 4 4 1 2 20 1 1 10K 1 16W 20K 1 16W 10 16 55 gt 100 50 gt 9 t CE IC CS5361 BS We 10K 1 16W 1 16 SA C138 eg 5 ms 5 5 A 6linhibit Sa 4 e 5 5 S oz inhibit Sa T FILT zo Sa LFE 10 16 55 2 2 5610 WS 22 1 39 Et 8 4k7 1 16W 5 A 8 55 Sc LRCK VCOM 4K7 1 16W o R105 CEN_ OUT 560 1 16W 21 R168 5VA S 1150 1 16W N R402 R457 S NEL ay 2 7 CENTER 4K3 1 16W L9 N JAND woo Ma SOF 0 5 C457 iB L106 1407 4K7 1 16W M C131 2 1K 1 16W gt
169. OF gt 24 23 1221 24 20 19 18 16 074763 74763 xTALoure o Top View 9 40 z x o o n VSYNCOUT SECAM 525 625 NTSC PAL 3 58 4 43 RST 84 0 harman kardon HCA 18LL03 FRONT PART DP71 016 VFD DRIVER DISPLAY PATTERN 3 Refer to z Grid Data CPU lt Sequence IE Data Order amp 7 Segment 2 F2 VDD1 VDD2 vss d CH YDD2 88 NOTE RH Current limit registor for protecting IC CH CL Low pass filter for noise filtering RH 220 CH 0 14F CL 0 1 FCT Filament is center tab grounded 220 2788 206 0 102 0x103 T 104 11 5 5 3 55 8 d 06 LEAD DETAILS PIN CONNECTION PIN 104103102 10111001 99 98 97 96 95 94 92 90015 14 6 5 4 3 2 11 CONNECTION 2 F2 F2 NP np vone vss vss oo 58181000 NP wc NP NP Fil Fi Notes Fn Filament Pin DO Serial data output Be left open if not used MODEL HCA 18LL03 NP No Pin NC No Connection Pin GRID ASSIGNMENT 208 208 2Gc 30 40 50 60 76 86 90 10 116 120 130 146 15G 16 17 17Gb 17 20505 SOLOS MODEL 181103 Rev 18 Feb 2003 75405 BLOCK DIAGRAM OUTER DIMENSIONS 1 18 Feb 2003 1 2 3 4
170. ONLY 96 PO7Z NTPO 8 491 8192 8 98 Pil SOO OSDCIK 99 Pi2 SCKO OSDDATA j OSDDATA 38 AVR7300 harman kardon A Comment 1 PIN83 is A D Analog to Digital port 39 2 549400 DSPAB 3 PCM AVR7300 harman kardon bey Durr ured Pra ar Pre in E Sree ls Ded red open If In Pro Logk or Fra En HE DTE Emulation made eau Sponitic 10 AC 3 and Malicananna Dolby I I I I Surround i AC 3 OTS MPEG amp 1 Discrete I I up is Pra Lock Ta Pra Logie Il Decoder Channels AC 3 DTS EFE MPEG ud en E PCH U pana DAI Dptos Discrete channels Memes p b FIG 1 2 549400 Front End Decoder Pre Loga or Pro T Sisrac Lo Itin Pro Logie or Pro Lcxjic Il Emulation moc ziraam Pro Logio Il Matrix Decex ar 2 Discrete Chanda AC 3 DTA Application MFEG Coda 1 Hullichanrel In PcH Hed CMF GOAT FIG 1 3 Dolby Digital Block Diagram Configured for PCM Pass Through 40 4 DOLBY DIGITAL 5 LOGICII SURROUND
171. OUT VIDEO2 OUT TAPE OUT MULTI OUT BCH FL BCH FR 8CH SL 8CH SR 8CH CTR 8CH SW DVD AUDIO INPUT BCH SBL 8 58 VIDEO2 m a 5 m o VIDEOS VIDEO1 OUT COMPOSITE VIDEO VIDEO2 OUT MULTI OUT DVD VIDEO VIDEO2 VIDEOS VIDEO4 VIDEOS VIDEO1 OUT SUPER VIDEO VIDEO2 OUT MULTI OUT 4 REC MUTE MUTE F REC MUTE MUTE K REC MUTE IC2 TC9459 MUTE F MULTI MUTE EE o 2 LRCLK MCLK ADC CS5361 FOR 8CH SBL R BLOCK DIAGRAM 2 7500 SDATA SCLK LRCLK VOLUME IC c gt DsP FL 8 IE DSP FR Den gt f PINTIB 131 SDATA arti DUK 0800 SDATAI AUDATAO FR PRN 0 61 SCLK SAL SCLK 7 TTT TTT PIN99 109 5 2 1 CTR SW 5 49400 Fd SDATAS AUDATA2 106 SDATA4 AUDATA3 BL SL gt 2 PIN104 scLko ike n Be 5 PIN
172. S3AD0753NA 6 RES CHIP 75K 1 16W 5 0603 R663 RS3AD0822NA 2 RMGCFMIC 8K2 OHM 5 62 L 2 Miscellaneous HO1 SOJW2350SNN A n 6911 NJ611 612 613 614 H01 S0JW2350SNN A JACK PHONE 3 6 EP 1401A 1P BK NJ601 602 603 604 605 606 607 608 HO1 SORA11YOONN 5 JACK RCA S VIDEO C5016031DN N601 H01 WNO4AB100WH 8 CONN WAFER 2 0MM 4P 35237 0410 WHT P603 01 105 00000 0 CONNECT 2 GIL S 10P S2T2 EF N602 01 19 00000 9 CONN 2 19 NAT SOCKET MOLEX 35237 1910 0 0 J600 RS3ADO000NA O RMGCFMIC 0 OHM 0 62MIBW FAROUDJA PCB he Capacitors 123 129 140 162 164 166 170 188 237 10625 4 10UF 16V M 5X11 SHL P2 5MM 4 e e e CE 100UF 20 16 0 D6 3XL11 P5MM 85C CAP CHIP 1NOF 10 10 50 0V X7R 0603 C165 167 171 CZKIIO103BC 5 CAP CHIP 10NOF 10 10 50 0V X7R 0603 66 harman kardon Ref Designator Part Number Description AROUDJA PCB C183 185 238 CZKII0152BC 3 CZKII0391BC 7 CTK410106ZN 0 AP CHIP 1N5F 50V X7R K 0603 AP CHIP 390PF 50V X7R K 0603 ANT CAP CASE B 10UF 10 10 20V 3528 C112 113 114 115 116 193 C100 101 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 117 118 119 120 121 122 124 125 126 127 128 138 139 144 156 157 179 180 182 P Elz CJ O CZZFIO104BF 8 CAP CHIP 100NOF 80 20 16 0V Y5V 0603 195 199 208 215 216
173. SHIELD LARGE ZSTGM3010B 3 SCREWSTBH 3X10 GROUND x ZWMCO4810PZ5 WASHERPLAN4 008 8 SCREWSTWPH3X8 ZSTWM40088C3 SCREW ST WPH 4X8 SILVER CHROM 7 17030 4 TIE 100MM NYLONG 7 x zwrr9soosPo 5 WASHERFIBER3 0487 7 ZVAP00030TH3 SHRINK TUBE L30MM D4 0MM TO 5MM ZWM6231088222 WASHERSPRING3 7 HOT ZMD05HS0300 0 HEATSINKREG TRAVR7300 x zwMr6309Sz2 ACSPRINGWASHERRT2250 PAVS005 8 7 803305 21 WASHERPLAN3 1 2 515 5 0 STANDOFF HEX 7 6X71 6H HOf ZMD05805A00 4 SHIELDFAROUDJA 7 H01 WG318H8722B2 7 WIRE ASSY 6 2MM 720MM 91617818 STR BRN IhHol WGo2SG8282A5 WIRE ASSY 7 92MM 2P 280MM lzSycM40M4BN 6 SCREWMCA4XI4NIPLATED o 1 2 05520 00 6 SHIELD LARGE AVR7300 7 ZQB0101AA00 4 SHIELDFOAMGASKET WOOR Z Www 01 0102 00 7 FCORE FERRIT MAGNET SRH9 9X20 0X5 1 CASE W5 LL HOt FBD0480BRO0 2 FCORE CLAMP FILTER LF80BR W5 SRH 16 28 9 22222222 01 2 005521 00 7 SHIELD SMALL AVR7300 po ZFNR1450300 A RUBBER TOP 69 0 542528 DSP PART 1 13 m y y s 2 Cj o 6 O D 5 d x 0 m 5 0 oe 5 x w x lt lt 4
174. STE 14 DATA M 28 NC M 2 27 TEST M 3 26 R OUTA L INA M 4 25 RANA L A GNDA M 5 24 l R A GNDA L OUTE M 6 23 R OUTB Lina 7 22 RANE L A GNDB M 8 2l R A GNDB L OUTC M 9 20 R Gurc Linc 0 19 L A GNDC 11 18 csi 12 17 52 GNO 13 16 T ems YSS TONE iN TONE iN TRE COM TRE COM BASSI BASS 55 BASS COM BASSZ BASS2 FOWE OUT OUT Cs CS2 GND TB DATA 81 AVR7300 KIC 9459F PORCESSOR 2 1 18 2 TSH95 VIDEO PART IC613 SOP 16PIN D 5016 Plastic Micropackage 4721 SUPPLY PART 43 721 harman kardon KICS45oF Vas VDD L OUT R OUT HC 3 NC L IN A R IH L ch Ch 1 10 R LD1 L LDZ E LD2 L A CMD 7 R A GHD NC B NC 8 Coe NC 1 GNI Output 1 Output 4 Inverting Input 1 Inverting Input 4 Non inverting Input 1 Non inverting Input 4 CC Vcc Non inverting Input 2 Non inverting Input 3 Inverting Input 2 Inverting Input 3 Output 2 Output 3 Standby 1 8 Standby 2 1 Converter aqya ry y Q 4 42 Q 42 1 1 AVR7 300 harman kardon K4S161622D T C80 DSP PART IC14 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 8 9 1 1 LWE Data Input Register 512K 16 512K 16 Column Decoder Latency amp Burst Length Programmi
175. STOPPER AVR430 680 1 2 11512 00 8 7 BUTTON STAND BY AVR430 630 1 2 12509 00 4 BKTHEATSINK H01 ZMC12820400 2 BADGEALHARMAN KARDONSILVER 01 2 005503400 HEATSINK3CHAVR7300 1 2 05504 00 3 HEATSINK4CHAVR7300 IholzMpo5SorAo06 CHASSISFRONTAVR7300 H0f ZMD05808A400 7 7300 1 2 05508800 9 7 TRANS BOTTOM AVR7300 1 2 05509 00 8 BKTTOP j 1 2 05510 00 8 BKTSIDE HO0f ZMD05811A00 9 PANEL REAR AVR73OOUS HOf ZMD05S12AYE8 STUD STANDOFF HEX M4X0 7 6X15H HOf ZMD05813A00 0 CHASSIS MAIN AVR73OO IholzMpo5S13AYE9 7 5 7 6 55 IholzMpo5S14AYEA STANDOFF HEX M4X0 7 6X34H 1 2 05515 00 2 5 1 2 05516 00 3 7300 1 2 1004 56 0 IholzPclol8GART7 FILTER VFD HOf ZMGENOOGAGYO ALLOGOBADGETOP HOT ZPD05150AMW A VOLUMNKNOBAVR7300 HOf ZPD0316GASG A 7 IholzPp0317GACR4 CAPKNOBVOLUMN HOT ZPD0501GAGY 9 AVR7300 IholzMpo5S17A004 ALDOORPANELAVRZ300 HOf ZPD0503GAGY5 FRAMEDOORL HOf ZPD0504GAGY3
176. T SURR pem DTS SURR VIDEO LOGIC7 STEREO DTS NEO 6 p 66 e s Z 23 gt umi fm o E lt lt N p 9 DIM TUN M 86 98 9 9 99 9 9 9 Gio NS 3 NS e 46 2 9 CD DIS Neo 6 Mode Select Button Logic 7 Mode Select Button ind ed DTS Digital Mode Select Button Dolby Mode Select Button x mls CD 6 8 Channel Input Select SPL Select Button D EzSet Microphone Sensor CE Lens PROG DSKP TONE 050 SLEEP 1 G88 8 9 NOTES e The function names shown here are each button s feature when used with the AVR 7300 Most buttons have additional functions when used with other devices When a button is pressed the function name will appear in the bottom line of the LCD Information Display e The jack on the upper right side of the remote is reserved for future use Do not remove the plug provided or connect any device to the jack e o make it easier to follow the instructions that refer to this illustration a larger copy may be downloaded from the Product Support section for this product at www harmankardon com 14 AVR7300 MAIN REMOTE CONTROL FUNCTIONS IMPORTANT NOTE The AVR 7
177. TATICALLY SENSITIVE ES DEVICES Some semiconductor solid state devices can be damaged easily by static electricity Such components commonly are called Electrostatically Sensitive ES Devices Examples of typical ES devices are integrated circuits and some field effect transistors and semiconductor chip components The following techniques should be used to help reduce the incidence of component damage caused by static electricity 1 Immediately before handling any semiconductor component or semiconductor equipped assembly drain off any electrostatic charge on your body by touching a known earth ground Alternatively obtain and wear a commercially available discharging wrist strap device which should be removed for potential shock reasons prior to applying power to the unit under test 2 After removing an electrical assembly equipped with ES devices place the assembly on a conductive surface such as aluminum foil to prevent electrostatic charge build up or exposure of the assembly 3 Use only a grounded tip soldering iron to solder or unsolder ES devices 4 Use only an anti static solder removal device Some solder removal devices not classified as anti static can generate electrical charges sufficient to damage ES devices 5 Do not use freon propelled chemicals These can generate electrical change sufficient to damage ES devices 6 Do not remove a replacement ES device from its protective package until immediately before you are rea
178. TLET SK41 FH11 FH12 R450 SUPPLY TE pid D ECTS ATTENTION CAUTION Harman Kardon e UTILISER UN FUSIBILE DE RECHANGE FOR COTINUSED PROTECTION AGAINST AVR7300 OUTLET B D DE MEME TYPE ET PUISSANCE RISK OF FIRE REPLACE ONLY WITH PBDOSKSUB20 SAME TYPE AND RATINGS OF FUSE S 29 2004 VA 20000 pz 5 a wm V CI MGW TIBI 250v 250 C O _ N466 296 311010 044 N462 QUALITY CHECK 1123 51 7 UTILISER UN FUSIBILE DE RECHANGE DE MEME TYPE ET PUISSANCE ATTENTION 5 817 5 818 F453 250V gt gt FH15 SB 800mA FOR COTINUSED PROTECTION AGAINST RISK OF FIRE REPLACE ONLY WITH SAME TYPE AND RATINGS OF FUSE S CAUTION A N N PBDOSKSUB20 Mar 29 2004 MP Supply B D AVR7300 gt N N am Cn Cn harman kardon 2 Ses J 102 M MP pcb Mon May 1 09 41 05 200 V Jo U SUPP PATTERN Q lt
179. The Dolby Digital Dolby Digital EX DTS 5 1 DTS ES Matrix and DTS ES Discrete modes may only be selected when a digital input is in use In addition when a digital source is present the AVR 7300 will automatically select and switch to the correct mode regardless of the mode that has been previously selected For more information on selecting digital sources see the Digital Audio Playback section below When the 6 Channel 8 Channel direct inputs are in use there is no surround processing as these inputs take the analog output signals from an optional exter nal DVD Audio or SACD player or another source device and carry them straight through to the volume control To listen to a program in traditional two channel stereo using the front left and front right speakers only plus the subwoofer if installed and configured press the Stereo Mode Select Button until SURROUND OFF appears in the Lower Display Line From the front panel press the Surround Mode Group Selector E until the Stereo modes appear in the on screen display and Lower Display Line E Next press the Surround Mode Selector Button unti SURROUND OFF appears in the on screen display and Lower Display Line Digital Audio Playback Digital audio is a major advancement over analog sur round processing systems It delivers up to six discrete channels and each channel reproduces full frequency range 20Hz to 20 2 and offers dramatically impro
180. VR 7300 functions To turn the unit off simply press the Standby On Botton BJ on the front panel or the Power Off Button on the remote Power will be shut off to any equipment plugged into the rear panel Switched AC Accessory Outlets s and the lighting surrounding Standby On Button BJ will turn amber When the remote is used to turn the unit off it is actually placing the system in a Standby mode as indicated by the amber lighting of the Standby On Indicator BJ e Jo program the AVR 7300 for automatic turn off press the Sleep Button 629 on the remote Each press of the button will decrease the time before shut down in the following sequence 90 80 70 60 50 min min min min min 30 10 20 OFF min min min min The sleep time will be displayed in the Lower Display Line 7 and it will count down until the time has elapsed The front panel display will dim to half brightness when the Sleep function is programmed To cancel the Sleep function press and hold the Sleep Button T until the information display returns to normal bright ness and the words SLEEP OFF will appear in the Lower Display Line I When the programmed sleep time has elapsed the unit will turn off When you will be away from home for an extended period of time it is always a good idea to turn the unit off with the front panel Main Power Switch NOTE All preset memories are
181. X as the processing mode to add rear surround speakers to the sound field It is always a good idea to check the channel data to make certain that it matches the audio logo informa tion shown on the back of a DVD package In some cases you will see an indication for 2 0 0 even when the disc contains a full 5 1 or 3 2 1 signal When this happens check the audio output settings for your DVD player or the audio menu selections for the specific disc being played to be sure that the player is sending the correct signal to the AVR An UNLOCK message may appear in the Lower Display Line This is your indication that the digi tal audio data stream has been interrupted or is no longer present When that occurs the unit s digital sig nal processor has no signal to lock onto and is thus unlocked You may see this message when DVD is first started until the stream is playing and the proces sor determines which mode to apply or any time the data stream is stopped or paused such as when the menus of some discs are displayed or when the player is Switching between the different sections of a disc You may also see the message when a satellite receiver cable set top or HDTV tuner is in use if the digital audio is temporarily interrupted when channels are changed or when a cable box switches from a channel with a digital data stream to a channel with analog audio only The UNLOCK message is nor mal and does not indicate
182. a amp A D E d 02 2 SEA p f 24 AVR7300 AVR7 300 harman kardon AVR7300 Exploded View Parts List 1 H01 SWA2B21PDA amp 7 5 PUSH POWER SDDLB15700 1 2 1 580 5 X FORMER AVR7300 120V TRANSFORMER 1 15 41 1 2 12519 00 2 42 43 44 2 1006 0 45 46 Z 7 10 11 1 1 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 0 1 32 3 3 3 36 37 38 9 0 le 47 48 49 50 51 52 5 5 5 AIO 56 57 58 59 31 AVR7300 harman kardon AVR7300 Exploded View Parts List gt CN T Q ty es ES 95 J6 7 J8 J9 J10 Ei 915 916 J17 J18 19 Dur 26 E S5 SG S2 S3 S8 W2 WT WA W8 2 N1 2 32 DIGITAL IN OUT INPUT 2CH STEREO MULTI OUT 8CH DIRECT INPUT VIDEO INPUT OUTPUT REC OUT COAX OUTI COAX IN1 COAX IN2 COAX INS COAX IN4 FRONT COAX OUT4 FRONT OPTI OUTI OPTI IN1 OPTI IN2 OPTI INS OPTI IN4 FRONT OUT4 FRONT VIDEO VIDEO2 VIDEOS TAPE VIDEO4 VIDEOS VIDEO1
183. ack on source equipment This will enable the remote room location to control source equipment functions NOTE All remotely controlled components must be linked together in a daisy chain Connect the IR OUT jack of one unit to the IR IN of the next to establish this chain Multiroom Connections The AVR 7300 is equipped with multizone capabilities that allow it to send an audio and or video source to a remote zone that is different from the one selected for use in the main room Please note that this capability applies to analog inputs from sources such as the AVR s tuner tape decks or VCRs If you wish to use a source such as a DVD or CD player that is normally connected via a digital connection it is necessary to run an analog connection from the source to the AVR or to use the Main Downmix input option as explained on page 44 Depending on your system s requirement three options are available for remote room audio connection Option 1 Use high quality shielded audio intercon nect cable from the AVR 7300 s location to the remote room In the remote room connect the inter connect cable to an optioinal external stereo power amplifier The amplifier will be connected to the room s speakers At the AVR 7300 plug the audio intercon nect cables into the Multiroom Audio Outputs 9 on the AVR 73005 rear panel Option 2 Connect the Multiroom Audio Outputs on the AVR 7300 to the inputs of an optional stereo power
184. acks The AVR 7300 s remote control has a VCR as the default for this input but you may connect any video source such as a VCR HDTV or cable set top box personal video recorder or other device to these Inputs See page 23 for more information on configuring an input for various source options e Multiroom Video Outputs Connect these jacks to the cabling and or an optional external video distribution amplifier that delivers the video source selected for the multizone distribution to the remote rooms AC Power Cord Jack Connect the AC power cord to this jack when the installation is complete To ensure safe operation use only the power cord supplied with the unit replacement is required it must be of the same type and capacity e Unswitched AC Outlet This outlet may be used to power any AC device as long as its power con sumption does not exceed 100 watts The power 13 harman kardon will remain available at this outlet as long as the AVR 7300 is plugged into an AC power source regardless of whether the AVR itself is on or off z Switched AC Outlets These outlets may be used to power AC devices that you wish to have turn on and off when the AVR is turned on or off The total power consumption of all devices connected to the two outlets may not exceed 100 watts RS 232 Port This jack may be used to control the AVR 7300 over a bi directional 55 232 serial control link to a compatible
185. al and analog audio outputs depending on the channel being watched To avoid losing sound with this type of product it is recommended that you connect both the digital and analog audio outputs of the source to the AVR 300 with the digital audio input set as the default following the steps shown on page 23 The AVR will monitor the digital data stream and when it is interrupted the sound will mute briefly and possibly display an UNLOCK message while it switches to the analog audio input This switching is not a fault of either the AVR or the cable box as it is caused by the use of different audio technologies on different channels by the cable company or program supplier e Although the AVR 7300 will decode virtually all current DVD movies CDs and HDTV sources it may not be compatible with future digital sources e When a digital source is playing you may not be able to select some of the analog surround modes such as Dolby Pro Logic Dolby Pro Logic IIx Hall Theater or Logic e When a Dolby Digital or DIS source is playing it 15 not possible to make an analog recording using the Tape Outputs and Video 1 or Video 2 Audio Outputs 3 However the digital signals will be passed through to the Digital Audio Outputs A Tuner Operation The AVR 7300 s tuner is capable of tuning AM FM and FM Stereo broadcast stations Stations may be tuned manually or they may be stored as favorite sta tion presets and
186. al connection the AVR 7300 will automatically recognize the HDCD encoding and activate the circuits required for proper playback provided that the Surround Off mode is selected An HDCD message will appear in the Lower Display Line Z to confirm the HDCD playback HDCD playback is limited to two channel stereo only Speaker Channel Indicators In addition to the bitstream indicators the AVR 300 features channel input indicators that show how many channels of digital information are being received and or whether the digital signal is interrupted Epi LFE SBL LISBRI These indicators are the L U R LFE SL SR SBL SBR letters that are inside the center boxes of the Speaker Channel Input Indicators JJ on the front panel When a standard analog signal is in use only the L and indicators will light as analog signals have only left and right channels Digital signals may have two five six or seven chan nels depending on the program material its method of transmission and the way in which it was encoded When a digital signal is playing the letters in these indicators will light in response to the signal being received It is important to note that although Dolby Digital for example is referred to as a 5 1 system not all Dolby Digital DVDs or programs are encoded for 5 1 Thus it is sometimes normal for a DVD with a 25 harman kardon Dolby Digital sound
187. als are present e A 3 tells you that separate front left center and front right signals are available This will be displayed for Dolby Digital 5 1 and DTS 5 1 programs e A 2 tells you that separate front left and right sig nals are available but there is no discrete center channel signal This will be displayed for Dolby Digital bitstreams that have stereo program material e A 1 tells you that there is only a mono channel available in the Dolby Digital bitstream The middle number in the display message indicates how many discrete surround channel signals are present e A 3 tells you that separate discrete left surround center back surround and right surround signals are present This is available only on discs with DTS ES digital audio e A 2 tells you that separate surround left and right signals are available This will be displayed for Dolby Digital 5 1 and DIS 5 1 programs e A 1 tells you that there is only a single surround encoded surround channel This will appear for Dolby Digital bitstreams that have matrix encoding e A O indicates that there is no surround channel information This will be displayed for two channel stereo programs The last number indicates whether there is a discrete low frequency effects LFE channel This is the 1 in the common abbreviation of 75 1 sound and it is a special channel that contains only bass frequencies e A 1 tells you that an LFE cha
188. ammed with the remote codes for Harman Kardon DVD players so that you may contro a compatible player even when the remote is directly controlling the AVR a IV set or a cable or satellite set top box Preset Up Down Button When the tuner is in use press this button to scroll through the stations programmed into the AVR 7300 s memory Tuning Up Down Button Press this button when the tuner is in use to change the station to one with a higher or lower frequency When the tuner is in the MANUAL mode each tap of the selector will increase or decrease the frequency by one increment When the tuner receives a strong enough signal for adequate reception MANUAL TUNED will appear in the Lower Display Line and in the on screen display When the tuner is in the O mode press the button harman kardon MAIN REMOTE CONTROL FUNCTIONS once and the tuner will scan for a station with accept able signal strength When the next higher or lower frequency station with a strong enough signal is tuned the frequency scan will stop and the Lower Display Line and the on screen display will indicate AUTO TUNED When an FM Stereo station is tuned the display will read AUTO ST TUNED oee page 35 for more information on using the tuner 62 Disc Skip Button This button has no direct function for the AVR 7300 but may be used to change the disc in a CD or DVD changer when the remote is
189. amplifier Run high quality speaker wire from the amplifier to the speakers in the remote room Option 3 Taking advantage of the AVR 73005 built In seven channel amplifier it is possible to use two of the amplifier channels to power speakers in the remote room When using this option you will not be able to AVR7300 INSTALLATION AND use the full 1 channel capabilities of the AVR 7300 in the main listening room but you will be able to add another listening room without external power amplifiers To use the internal amplifiers to power a remote zone connect the speakers for the remote room location to the Surround Back Multiroom Speaker Outputs 9 Before using the remote room you will need to configure the amplifiers for surround operation by changing a setting following the instructions shown on page 44 in the MULTI ROOM SETUP menu NOTE For all options you may connect an optional IR sensor in the remote room to the AVR 7300 via an appropriate cable Connect the sensor s cable to the Multiroom IR Input 2 on the AVR 7300 and use the Zone remote to control the room volume Alternatively you may install an optional volume control between the output of the amplifiers and the speakers Multiroom Video Connections The AVR 7300 s multiroom system is designed to send both video and audio signals to a remote room location This may be the same source that is in use in the main room or you may select a separate input
190. an LEAKAGE CURRENT CHECK Measure leakage current to a known earth ground water pipe conduit etc by connecting a leakage current tester between the earth ground and all exposed metal parts of the appliance input output terminals screwheads metal overlays control shaft etc Plug the AC line cord of the appliance directly into a 120V AC 60Hz outlet and turn the AC power switch on Any current measured must not exceed o 5mA Reading should not be above Leakage 0 5mA Current tester Test all exposed metal surfaces Also test with plug reversed Using AC adapter plug as required Earth ground AC Leakage Test ANY MEASUREMENTS NOT WITHIN THE LIMITS OUTLINED ABOVE ARE INDICATIVE OF A POTENTIAL SHOCK HAZARD AND MUST BE CORRECTED BEFORE RETURNING THE APPLIANCE TO THE CUSTOMER harman kardon 0 Audio Section stereo Mode Continuous Average Power FTC AVR 125 Watts per channel 20Hz 20kHz lt 0 07 THD both channels driven into 8 ohms oeven Channel Surround Modes Power per Individual Channel Front L amp R channels 110 Watts per channel 0 0796 THD 20Hz 20KkHz into 8 ohms Center channel 110 Watts lt 0 07 THD 20Hz 20kHz into 8 ohms surround L amp Side L amp back channels 110 Watts per channel 0 0796 THD 20Hz 20kHz into 8 ohms High Instantaneous Current Capability Input Sensitivity Impedance Li
191. ay Line the tuner will search for the next station with an acceptable signal when the Tuning Selector OB is pressed When the button is pressed so that MANUAL MONO appears in the Upper Display Line IK each press of the Tuning Selector E 3 wil increase the fre quency See page 39 for more information on using the tuner This button may also be used to switch between Stereo and Mono modes for FM radio recep tion When weak reception is encountered select the MANUAL MONO tuning mode Press and hold again to switch back to AUTO STEREO mode See page 39 for more information on using the tuner Front Panel Control Door To open the door so that the front panel jacks and controls behind this door may be accessed gently push the door down and toward you using either lower corner of the door Volume Control Turn this knob clockwise to increase the volume counterclockwise to decrease the volume If the AVR 7300 is muted adjusting the vol ume control will automatically release the unit from the silenced condition Input Indicators One of these indicators will light to identity the currently selected input Note that the entire list will light briefly each time the unit is turned Oh as a test Speaker Channel Input Indicators These indi cators are multipurpose indicating both the speaker type selected for each channel and the number of audio channels available The sp
192. ay Scan Buttons These but tons have no direct function on the AVR 7300 but they are used when the remote is programmed for a compatible DVD or tape player Pressing these but tons will transmit a fast play forward fast play reverse or fast forward or fast reverse scan command accord ing to the capabilities of the player being controlled In the factory default setting these buttons are prepro grammed with the remote codes for Harman Kardon DVD players so that you may control a compatible player even when the remote is directly controlling the AVR a TV set or a cable or satellite set top box CD Main Transport Controls These buttons have no direct function on the AVR 7300 but are used when the remote is programmed for a compatible DVD CD or tape player Pressing these buttons will transmit a stop record e or pause command according to the capabilities of the player being controlled In the factory default setting these buttons are programmed with the remote codes for Harman Kardon DVD players so that you may control a compatible player even when the remote is directly controlling the AVR a TV set or a cable or satellite set top box 63 Track Skip Up Down Buttons These buttons do not have a direct function with the AVR 7300 but when used with a compatibly programmed CD or DVD changer will change the track or chapter currently being played In the factory default setting these buttons are progr
193. bos 1 C410 BO 9 2 zu R238 SS L 14 18 po 5 IC47 B 7 R46 i 2 C465 10 16 55 4K3 1 16W 1 2 1 W 20K 1 16W F MUTE SW HAND C461 AM SLA 6231 SW_ OUT gt vO npNw 10 16 SSE 560 1 168 TANTE SSE 4K5 1 16W 1 1000 63 NW MURS 4K7 1 16W SW MUTE 10 16 SSE 1K2 1 16W 4 ss R246 R236 5VA P MUTE ana 5QV sov 150 1 16W 2 SPK RLY 1 5Ke 1 16W Ms OC Rae lew R467 1 1 16 15 392 4K7 1 16W gt R444 5K6 1 16W 1 5 100N 16V 16241 C239 R237 x C444 560 50 128 1000 16 1000 16 T100N 16V 100N 16V F 88 R465 C470 C411 1000 6 3 1000 6 3 mE 1K2 1 16W t C240 10 1655 4K3 1 16W 1K2 1 16W 0403 100N 16V R412 R428 390 C391 FR_ OUT 4 3 10 16 SSE DTAW4YE S 100N OON 16V C462 RID 2 150 1 16W ilc 1 5 FR 4K3 1 16W IK2 1 16W R247 100 172 SS Wy FR_ OUT Ds 560 1 16W 2 x 60SE I 3 s 3 Misc cS 10 Dojaja Sn S 52 L_ Se R243 20K 1 16W 10 16 SSE Ds ANN 3 15V 25 10K 16W 10K 1 16W gt gt 8 C238 100P 50V C236 100P 50V 1 S R245 150 1 168 10 16 SSE Las C414 e SL_ OUT 560 1 16W Ex R R463 S SL 4K3 1 16W 1
194. c technical knowledge and we recom mend that any connection and programming for con trol be made by a trained installer or technician familiar with the equipment being used The 85 232 port may also be used as an access point through which the AVR 7300 s operating system and surround mode memories may be updated via connection to a compatible computer At the time that an upgrade is available instructions for making the connection and installing the upgrade will be available through the Product Support area of the Harman Kardon Web site at harmankardon com The physical connection to the AVR 7300 s RS 232 port 15 a standard D SUB 9 connection but to ensure compatible and proper operation specific software commands and pin wiring schemes may be required Trigger Jack Connection The AVR 7300 equipped with a low voltage Amp Trigger Jack FAY that may be used to activate option al external power amplifiers screen motors motorized blinds or other compatible products that may be part of a home theater installation Once the connections 20 harman kardon are made operation is seamless in that the low volt age control signal is sent to the screen blinds or other device when the AVR 7300 is turned on and it is turned off along with the AVR Due to the complexity of interfacing with power controlled devices we strongly recommend that the installation be done by a qualified installer The AVR 7300 s trigger
195. ce connection recommendations shown in steps 1 2 and 3 enable you to take advan tage of the device types preprogrammed for each input on the remote control However if you choose to connect a different type of device you may reassign the remote codes so that they match the device by using the instruction for Changing Devices as shown AVR7300 on page 48 You may also learn the codes for most remotes to any input button on the remote by follow ing the instructions for Learning Commands as shown on page 47 4 Connect the analog left right audio and composite video or S Video and analog left right audio outputs of a DVD player to the DVD Audio and Video Input Jacks on the rear panel 5 Connect the optical or coaxial digital audio outputs of a DVD player satellite receiver cable box HDTV tuner or video game to any of the Optical or Coaxial Digital Inputs QO aM afa The recommended connection for a DVD player is to use a coaxial digital link connected to the Coaxial Digital Audio Input 1 but you may change the digital audio input assignment for any source using the IN OUT SETUP menu as described on page 23 or the Digital Input Selector LGA on the front panel or remote as described on page 3 NOTE When connecting a device such as a digital cable box or other set top tuner product with a digital audio output we recommend that you connect both the digital and analog outputs of the product to your AVR The
196. computer or programmable remote control system Due to the complexity of programming RS 232 commands we strongly recommend that connections to this port for contro purposes be made by a trained and qualified technician This jack may also link to a compatible computer to upgrade the software and operating sys tem of the AVR 7300 when appropriate upgrades are available Video 2 Video Inputs Connect the composite or 5 Video PLAY OUT jacks of a video recording device such as a VCR DVD recorder or personal video recorder to these jacks The AVR 7300 s remote control has a VCR as the default for this input but you may connect any video source such as a VCR HDTV or cable set top box personal video recorder or other device to these inputs See page 23 for more information on configuring an input for various source options Video 2 Video Outputs Connect the composite or S Video RECORD IN jacks of a video recording device such as a VCR DVD recorder or personal video recorder to these jacks Video 3 Video Inputs Connect the composite or S Video jacks of a video device to these jacks The AVR 7300 s remote control has a satellite receiver as the default for this input but you may connect any video source such as a VCR HDTV receiver personal video recorder or other device to these inputs See page 23 for more information on configuring an input for various source options FM Antenna Connect the supplied
197. connected to the AVR 7300 via component video connections it is also necessary to connect the standard composite or S Video outputs of the source device to the AVR 7300 if you wish to take advantage of the record outputs or have video routed to a second room The record out puts and multiroom system cannot accept component inputs nor are component inputs down converted for use with these outputs System and Power Connections The AVR 7300 is designed for flexible use with multi room systems external control components and power amplifiers Main Room Remote Control Extension lf the receiver is placed behind a solid or smoked glass cabinet door the obstruction may prevent the remote sensor from receiving commands In this event an optional remote sensor may be used Connect the output of the remote sensor to the Remote IR Input jack 19 If other components are also prevented from receiving remote commands only one sensor is needed Simply use this unit s sensor or a remote eye by running a connection from the Remote IR Output ej jack to the Remote IR Input jack on Harman Kardon or other compatible equipment Multiroom IR Link The remote room IR receiver should be connected to the Multiroom IR Input jack the AVR 73005 rear panel lf other Harman Kardon compatible source equioment IS part of the main room installation the Remote IR Output jack on the rear panel should be connected to the IR IN j
198. corder 3 Tape Inputs Connect these jacks to the Play Oout jacks of an audio recorder CD Audio Inputs Connect these jacks to the left right analog audio output of a compact disc player or CD changer or other audio source DVD Audio Inputs Connect the left right analog audio jacks of a DVD player or other video source to these jacks When digital audio and or component video outputs are used with a DVD player and the AVR 7300 the default connection points are the Coaxial 1 Digital Audio Input and the DVD Component Video Inputs If other CONNECTIONS jacks are used to connect a DVD player the AVR may be reconfigured to accommodate the hookup by using the IN OUT SETUP menu as shown on page 23 Video 4 Audio Inputs Connect the left right analog audio outputs of a video device to these jacks The AVR 7300 s remote control has a satellite receiver as the default for this input but you may connect any video source such as a VCR HDTV receiver personal video recorder or other device to these inputs Note that if the source device offers either digital audio or component video capability those connections must be made sepa rately and the AVR 7300 configured accordingly See page 23 for more information on configuring an input for various source options Video 3 Audio Inputs Connect the left right analog audio outputs of a video device to these jacks The AVR 7300 s remote control has a cable set top
199. curate localization The Wide mode virtualizes the locations of the front channel speakers to create a wider image and a more enveloping sound field It is available no matter how many speakers are present These modes take advantage of multiple speakers to place a stereo signal at both the front and back of a room They places the same signal at the front left and surround left and front right and surround right speakers The center channel is fed a summed mono mix of the in phase material of the left and right channels This mode turns off all surround processing and presents the pure left and right channel presentation of two channel stereo programs When SURROUND OFF is selected the unit is in a bypass mode with no bass management When SURROUND 0 50 is selected the signal is digitized and bass management settings are applied Dolby Headphone enables ordinary stereo headphones to portray the sound of a five speaker surround playback system The DH1 mode creates headphone presentation that resembles a small well damped room and is appropriate for use with both movies and music only recordings The DH2 mode creates a more acoustically live room particularly suited to music listening The DH3 mode creates a larger room more like a concert hall or movie theater For additional information on the specifics of surround modes and processing information on Dolby modes may be found at www dolby com Consumer Technologies Information on DTS mode
200. d En Rm 100K 1 16W R253 100 1 16W 153 6 1 0 S m 15 vss VDD F M Stess E eo as w a M 8 ME CTR Rosa 35237 1810 9 812 8 C178 15 DATA x R166 29 OUT W VIDEO2 R34 470 1 16 R345 1 164 R31 100 1 18W 00P 50V 1K 1 16W R96 5 100 1 16W e SND 590 125 Ca DTANAYKA 5 4 Wye W L 0B R JM2068 S SNJM2068 S 101 716 m 2 0 2 el 22 2 04 7 212 1 1 168 E 100 1 16W 8 GND i2 8250 5 11 168 222 O uu 7 3 e in R167 1 1 0 R OC 20 1 6w Ea Q30 COR Y GND 3 o 1 8 7102 Y L IC R IC KTD1304 31 3 SSe 8 gen 2 1 168 Hono 9 2011 DTATIAYKA 2 508 2 cst cs2 oangsov gt yx 5 13 16 950 5267 3 227 24 GND STB 2 Lo o rae cm 2 R121 100 1 16W C86 47 16 14 ck DATA 15 R324 x SS ES TN gt 3 10 16 C107 x x amp JK RCA 6P e m DO M99 S lt 1 8 85 lt u 12K 1 16W 10 16 SURROUND VOLUME 7 4k 1 16W 032 8 8 1 1 3 1 C19 DTAN4YKA Q31 GND 1 bas T Soa Sse 5 o 2 2 zo OUT gt SUMMED FR KIC9482F AM 0 o a ECOL 2 e 5 KTD1304 AN Q33 AM S ss amp i 3 12 8 8 2 gt 8325 1K 1 16W SW 8264 kTD1304 5 SBR 2 2 2068 5 gt N gt 1 13 og
201. dphone plug or adaptor into the Headphone Jack behind the door E on the front panel The speakers will automatically mute and the audio output will be sent to the head phones The Lower Display Line will read DOLBY H BBP indicating that the headphone output is in the Bypass mode and to confirm that no processing is being used When the headphones are in use you may take advantage of the Dolby Headphone modes to bring added spaciousness to headphone listening Press the Dolby Mode Select Button or the Surround Mode Selector to cycle through the three Dolby Headphone modes to select the one that you prefer Video Processing The AVR 7300 features unique combination of video scaling and processing options that are available when the unit is connected to a digital ready or HD capa ble display device Thanks to DCDi by Faroudja tech nology and a series of video parameter settings that may be set and stored individually for each video input source the AVR 7300 provides the ultimate in video as well as audio reproduction take advantage of the video processing circuits with your digital or HDTV compatible video display simply press the Video Processing On Off Button on the remote or the Set Video Button 4 amp behind the door on the front panel hold it for a second and then release it This will turn on the processing circuits as noted by the brief appearance of a message reading FAROUDJA ON in the Lo
202. dy to install it Most replacement ES devices are packaged with leads electrically shorted together by conductive foam aluminum foil or comparable conductive material 7 Immediately before removing the protective material from the leads of a replacement ES device touch the protective material to the chassis or circuit assembly into which the device will be installed CAUTION Be sure no power is applied to the chassis or circuit and observe all other safety precautions 8 Minimize bodily motions when handling unpackaged replacement ES devices Otherwise harmless motion such as the brushing together or your clothes fabric or the lifting of your foot from a carpeted floor can generate static electricity sufficient to damage an ES devices PRODUCT SAFETY NOTICE Each precaution in this manual should be followed during servicing Components identified with the IEC symbol A in the parts list are special significance to safety When replacing a component identified with A use only the replacement parts designated or parts with the same ratings or resistance wattage or voltage that are designated in the parts list in this manual Leakage current or resistance measurements must be made to determine that exposed parts are acceptably insulated from the supply circuit before retuming the product to the customer AVR7300 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS The following check should be performed for the continued protection of the customer and service technici
203. e that all the audio signals are carried to your speakers without loss of clarity or resolution we sug gest that you use high quality speaker cable Many brands of cable are available and the choice of cable may be influenced by the distance between your speakers and the receiver the type of speakers you use personal preferences and other factors Your dealer or installer is a valuable resource to consult in selecting the proper cable Regardless of the brand of cable selected we recom mend that you use cable with a gauge of 14 or smaller Remember that in specifying cable the lower the number the thicker the cable Cable with a gauge of 16 may be used for short runs of less than 10 feet We 00 not recommend that you use cables with an AWG equivalent of 18 or higher due to the power loss and degradation in performance that will occur Cables that are run inside walls should have the appro priate markings to indicate listing with UL CSA or other appropriate testing agency standards Questions about running cables inside walls should be referred to your installer or a licensed electrician who is familiar with the NEC and or the applicable building codes in your area When connecting wires to the speakers be certain to observe proper polarity Note that the positive terminal of each speaker connection now carries a specific color code as noted on page 9 However most speakers still use a red terminal for the po
204. e2sc 8 AQ 9123 16981955 5 ped 2 220 mm lt g we 3 B o Loa amp O ags que 04 o ela 8 um uo 9929 3 sou pu 2 0 8 0801 5 5 O las e 2 gja ASS gt S oL 7 o as S Bie e 9 2462595 oc 3 0119 sui CLE of ha 0 UU 2 22 t a 8 021 ru 214 m o m A 5 L Ta US lt 0 9 S og T x 279 21519354 8 AND 1 T 2 s u 0122 6023 2 5 0 E U zie e lt 122 0 5 Q Ct6LV LN o ccr M c 0 0025213 9 zo OLO Le 0 0 20 r roga E 203 CN 1 e 752 e gt 5 228 3 5 m c Sos cn m 2 ve 954 teed ON alto 1 o 1044 3 8 1044 IN 4 o jimnw d ot bo U EE L 9 S S od Lo 9 ned x 41 9 1L B 3 0 dox Ro ES oro 4062 E 828212 sfc 5 Lo GLEO am 8 Aste ase O O 2061 m L c FLA 11 m 5 5 15193554
205. eaker indicators light as a single outline around the speaker position indica harman kardon tor when a small speaker is selected and as a larger icon with three connected boxes when large speak ers are selected When only the speaker position let ters appear no speaker has been assigned to that position See page 26 for more information on con figuring speakers The letters inside each box also indicate the active input channels For standard analog inputs only the L and R will light indicating a stereo input For a digital source the indicators will light to display the channels being received at the digital input When the letters flash the digital input has been inter rupted and UNL CK message may appear in the Lower Display Line See page 38 for more information on the Channel Indicators Upper Display Line Depending on the unit s Status a variety of messages will appear here In normal operation this line will show the current input source and identify whether an analog or digital input is in use When the tuner is selected as the input this line will identity the station as AM or FM and show the frequency and preset number if any Z Lower Display Line Depending on the unit s status a variety of messages will appear here In nor mal operation the current surround mode will appear on this line IE Surround Mode Indicators One of these indicators will light to show the s
206. eaker with older color coding while the gray terminal should be connected to the red terminal on the Surround Right speaker with the older color coding Connect the black terminal on the AVR to the matching black negative terminals for each sur round speaker See page 18 for more information on speaker polarity 9 Surround Back Multiroom Speaker Outputs These speaker terminals are normally used to power the surround back left surround back right speakers in 7 1 channel system However they may also be used to power the speakers in a second zone which will receive the output selected for a multiroom system To change the output fed to these terminals from the default of the surround Back speakers to the Multiroom Output you must change a setting in the MULTI ROOM SETUP menu of the OSD system See page 44 for more information on configuring this speaker output In normal surround system use the brown and black termi nals are the surround back left channel positive and negative connections and the tan and black terminals are the surround back right positive and negative terminals For multiroom use connect the brown and black OBL terminals to the red and black connections on the left remote zone speaker and connect the tan and black SBR terminals to the red and black terminals on the right remote zone speaker 9 Tape Outputs Connect these jacks to the Record nput jacks of an audio re
207. ector These selectors share the disc in the lower portion of the remote with the Volume Up Down Buttons They have no function when the AVR is being controlled but when programmed for use with a VCR TV cable box satel lite receiver or other similar product they will change the channel up or down See pages 46 55 for more information on programming the remote T3 Transport Play Buttons These buttons have no direct function on the AVR 7300 but they are used when the remote is programmed for a compatible DVD CD or tape player Pressing these buttons will transmit a forward or reverse play command according to the capabilities of the player being controlled In the factory default setting these buttons are programmed for Harman Kardon DVD players so that you may control a compatible player even when the remote is directly controlling the AVR a TV set or a cable or satellite set top box AVR7300 MAIN REMOTE CONTROL FUNCTIONS Delay Select Button This button selects adjustments to the A V Sync Delay and the individual channel delays The first press of the button displays an A V SYNC DELAY message in the Lower Display Line K and in the on screen display which means that you may change the amount of time that all channels are delayed together behind the video This enables you to compensate for the loss of lip sync that may be caused by digital video processing in your display or by television stati
208. eo 2 Audio Inputs Preamp Outputs Subwoofer Output 0 Video 1 Audio Inputs Multiroom Audio Outputs 3 Video 1 Audio Outputs Front Left White Front Right Red Center Green surround Left Blue Surround Right Gray surround Back Brown Optical Digital Audio Output Optical Digital Audio Inputs Coaxial Digital Audio Output Coaxial Digital Audio Inputs 8 8 Channel Direct Audio Inputs Center Speaker Output oubwoofer Purple Digital Audio Orange Composite Video Yellow Component Video Y Green Component Video Pr Red Component Video Pb Blue surround Back Right 10 AVR7300 REAR PANEL AUDIO Front Speaker Outputs Connect these outputs to the matching or terminals on your left and right speakers When making speaker connections always make certain to maintain correct polarity by connecting the color coded white for front left and red for front right terminals on the AVR 7300 to the red terminals on the speakers and the black terminals on the AVR 7300 to the black 3 terminals on the speakers See page 18 for more information on speaker polarity Surround Speaker Outputs Connect these outputs to the matching and terminals on your surround channel speakers In conformance with the CEA color code specification the blue terminal is the positive terminal that should be connected to the red terminal on the Surround Left sp
209. eo Monitor Outputs When using an analog video display that has only standard composite and o Video inputs connect the output of these jacks depending on which types of video are used by your source devices to the matching inputs on your televi sion or video display When using a digital ready or HDTV display that is compatible with 480P or higher inputs you do not need to make these connections as all incoming video will be up scaled to 480P and sent through the Component Video Monitor Jacks 3 with the OSD messages K Video 4 Video Inputs Connect the composite or o Video jacks of a video device to these jacks The AVR 7300 s remote control has a satellite receiver as the default for this input but you may connect any video source such as a VCR receiver personal video recorder or other device to these inputs See page 23 for more information on configuring an input for various source options A BUS Connectors Connect these jacks to an optional A BUS certified remote modules to extend the multiroom capabilities of your AVR 7300 See page 20 for more information on A BUS W Video 1 Video Outputs Connect the composite S Video RECORD IN jacks of a video recording device such as a VCR DVD Recorder or personal video recorder to these jacks Video 1 Video Inputs Connect the composite or o Video PLAY OUT jacks of a video recording device such as a VCR DVD recorder or personal video recorder to these j
210. es e Check speaker mode configuration e he surround decoder may not create center or rear channel information from nonencoded programs e Change remote batteries e Press the AVR selector e Make certain that the front panel sensor is visible to the remote connect remote sensor e Move the unit or antenna away from computers fluorescent lights motors or other electrical appliances e Wait a second or two for the unit s processor to recognize the new data stream and automatically resume playback e Resume DVD playback In addition to the items shown above additional information on troubleshooting possible problems with your AVR 7300 or installation related issues may be found in the list of Frequently Asked Questions which is located in the Product Support section of our Web site at www harmankardon com Processor Reset In the rare case where the unit s operation or the dis plays seem abnormal the cause may involve the erratic operation of the system s memory or microprocessor To correct this problem first unplug the unit from the AC wall outlet and wait at least three minutes After the pause reconnect the AC power cord and check the units operation If the system still malfunctions a system reset may clear the problem clear the AVR 3005 entire system memory including tuner presets output level settings delay times and speaker configuration data first put the unit in Standby
211. esa 4 4 AAA A A 1 P E 415 1 El NOTE make it easier to follow the instructions that refer to this illustration a larger copy may be downloaded from the Product Support section for this product at www harmankardon com The following controls and indicators are available on the AVR 7300 s front panel EJ Standby On Button Input Source Selector Upper Display Line Surround Mode Group Selector EJ Tuner Mode Selector Lower Display Line E Surround Mode Selector Front Panel Control Door IE Surround Mode Indicators E Tuning Selector Volume Control Remote Sensor Window Tuner Band Selector HR Input Indicators 3 Preset Stations Selector Speaker Channel Input Indicators The following controls and jacks are located behind the Front Panel Control Door EJ open the door gently press the left or right bottom corner edge of the door in and gently swing the door down towards you A Main Power Switch Digital Input Selector Md Optica Digital Output Headphone Jack 4 Delay Adjust Selector Coaxial 4 Digital Input 4 Tone Mode Button A 4P Buttons x Coaxial Digital Output speaker Selector Button Sei Video Button 4 video 5 Audio Video Jacks 4 Channel Adjust Selector Optical 4 Digital Input Input Output Indicator AVR7300 FRONT PANEL CONTROLS EJ Standby On Button When the Main Power Switch is pr
212. essed in so that it is in the ON position press this button to turn on the AVR 7300 When the unit is in the Standby mode the switch is surrounded by amber lighting When the unit is on the lighting around the button is blue Surround Mode Group Selector Press this but ton to select the top level group of surround modes Each press of the button will select one of the sur round mode categories Once the button is pressed so that the name of the desired surround mode category appears in the on screen display and in the Lower Display Line press the Surround Mode Selector K to cycle through the individual modes available For example press this button to select Dolby modes and then press the Surround Mode Selector E to choose from the various mode options E Surround Mode Selector Press this button to select from among the available surround mode options for the surround mode category selected The specific modes will vary based on the number of speakers available the surround mode category and whether the input source is digital or analog For example press the Surround Mode Group Selector to select a category such as Dolby or Logic 7 and then press this button to see the specific mode choices that are available For more information on mode selection see page 35 Tuning Selector Press the left side of the button to tune lower frequency stations and the right side of the button to tune higher frequency
213. esume once the playback is started again Night Mode special feature of Dolby Digital is the Night mode which enables specially encoded Dolby Digital input sources to be played back with full digital intelligibility while reducing the minimum peak level by 1 4 to 1 3 This prevents abruptly loud transitions from disturbing others without reducing the impact of the digital source The Night mode is available only when Dolby Digital signals with special data are being played The Night mode may be engaged when a Dolby Digital DVD is playing by pressing the Night Mode Button on the remote Next press the A W Navigation Button to select either the middle range or full compression versions of the Night mode To turn the Night mode off press the A W Navigation Button until the message in the lower third of the video display and in the Lower Display Line reads D RANGE OFF The Night mode may also be selected to always be on at either level of compression using the options in the DOLBY SURR menu See page 25 for informa tion on using the menus to set this option AVR7300 MP3 Audio Playback The AVR 7300 is one of the few receivers equipped for onboard decoding for the MP3 audio format used by computers and portable audio devices By offering MP3 decoding the AVR 7300 able to deliver pre cise conversion of the digital signals to an analog out put along with the benefits of listening
214. et N a o 2 N 2 o uU x ul lt E e 2 5 5 5 lt 9 2 lt o o 9 o a x lt a N 5 o u 9 5 9 6 e 0 lt 35 AVR7300 harman kardon uPD70F3033B V850 SB1 PORT ASSIGNMENT _6 P23 RXDi SI3 FIPSI FLBLK SI FIPDRIVERICDATAIN FLBLANK 8 P25 ASCKI SCK3 FIP CLK FLCLK SCK FIP DRIVER IC CLOCK OUT CPU7H MASTER FL CLK 9 EVDD CODEC RESET DSP DAC RESET REMOCON IN CODEC CHIP ENABLE DSP DAC 4391 RST 4391 CONTROL 60549400 INTERQ C DSP 36 AVR7300 harman kardon RESET RESET LOW ACTIVE Pull_Down 60 Ps50 OUT TUNER MUTE TUNER PLL IC LC72131 DATA IN STEREO CHECK 66 P56 FRONT MUTE OUT FRONT CHANNELMUTE O 68 P60 SURRMUTE OUT SURROUND CHANNELMUTE 69 SBMUTE OUT SURRBACK CHANNELMUTE 37 AVR7300 harman kardon Bof P73 NG NC ADIN Connected Register with VOD 85 P8O ANB TUNER STEP TUNER OPTION L USA 86 P8I ANI9 COMPONENTINPU COMPONENT INPUT HD SD CHECK 89 PONM STANDBY OUT MAIN POWER ON OFF 90 DOWN INTPO POWER DOWN CHECK amp WAKE UP RISING EDGE RDS_CLOCK EU
215. ettings See page 28 for more information on delay adjustments A lt P gt Buttons When making system configu ration changes using the front panel controls press these buttons to scroll through the available choices for the option being adjusted Set Video Button This button has two func tions Press it to turn the video processing circuits on or off as indicated by FAROUDJA ON or FAROUDJA OFF messages in the Lower Display Line and semi OSD display See page 31 for more information on the video processing cir cults The button is also used when making many of the configuration and setup adjustments from the front panel When selecting a specific item to adjust or after selecting a configuration setting with the lt gt Buttons press this button to enter the setting informa tion to the unit s memory Optical 4 Digital Input Connect the optical digital outout of an audio or video product to this jack Aa Optical Digital Output Connect this jack to the optical digital audio input of a compatible digital recorder Coaxial 4 Digital Input Connect the coaxial digital outout of a digital audio product such as a portable audio player or video game to this jack Coaxial Digital Output Connect this jack to the digital audio input of a compatible digital recorder a Video 5 Input Output Jacks These audio video jacks may be used as either inputs or Outputs for temporary connection t
216. external digital processor decoder DVD Audio or SACD player is used connect the outputs of that device to the 8 Channel Direct Inputs 8 Video Equipment Connections Video equipment is connected in the same manner as audio components Again the use of high quality interconnect cables is recommended to preserve signal quality 1 Connect the analog left right audio and composite video or S Video Play Out jack of a VCR personal video receiver PVR or DVD recorder to the Video 1 or Video 2 Audio and Video Input Jacks on the rear panel We recom mend that VCRs and PVRs be connected to the Video 1 Input jacks as the remote control is pro grammed for a VCR or PVR DO Connect the analog left right audio and composite video or S Video Record In jacks of a VCR person al video recorder PVR or DVD recorder to the Video 1 or Video 2 Audio and Video Output Jacks on the rear panel matching the device connected to the Video 1 or Video 2 Audio and Video Inputs 3 Connect the analog left right audio and composite video or S Video Play Out jacks of any video play back device to the Video 3 or Video 4 Audio and Video Input Jacks OLARY on the rear panel Although any type of video source device may be connected to these jacks the remote con trol has the commands for the Video 3 inputs set to control a cable set top box and the commands for the Video 4 inputs set to control a satellite receiver NOTE The devi
217. ge 29 for more information on using EzSet Lens The infrared emitters behind the plastic lens at the top of the remote communicate the remote codes to the AVR 7300 Be certain that the lens is not covered when using the remote and point the lens toward the AVR for best results In learning mode the remote receives IR codes to be learned through a sensor behind the lens NOTE DO NOT remove the rubber plug that is supplied to cover the jack on the upper right side of the remote The jack is not active and is reserved for future use AVR7300 INSTALLATION AND CONNECTIONS system Installation After unpacking the unit locating it in place with ade quate ventilation and placing it on a solid surface capable of supporting its weight you will need to make the con nections to your audio and video equipment IMPORTANT NOTE For your personal safety and to avoid possible damage to your equipment and speakers it is always a good practice to turn off and unplug the AVR and ALL source equipment from the AC output before making any audio or video system connections Audio Equipment Connections We recommend that you use high quality interconnect cables when making connections to source equipment and recorders to preserve the integrity of the signals 1 Connect the analog output of a CD player to the CD Inputs NOTE If your CD player has both fixed and variable audio outputs it is best 10 use the
218. ght mode This mode is available in specially encoded Dolby Digital sources and it preserves dialogue center channel intelligibility at low volume levels 16 OSD Button Press this button to activate or turn off the On Screen Display 05D system used to set up or adjust the AVR 73005 parameters Tone Control Button This button controls the tone mode settings enabling adjustment of the bass and treble boost cut You may also use it to take the tone controls out of the signal path completely for flat response The first press of the button displays a TONE IN message in the Lower Display Line and in the on screen display To take the controls out of the signal path press either of the W Navigation Buttons until the display reads TONE OUT To change the bass or treble settings press the button again until the desired option appears in the Lower Display Line Z and on screen display and then press either of the 7 Navigation Buttons to enter the desired boost cut setting See page 35 for more information on the tone controls Mute Button Press this button to momentarily silence the AVR 7300 or TV set being controlled depending on which device has been selected eZ AM FM Button Press this button to select the AVR 73005 tuner as the listening choice Pressing this button when the tuner already in use will select between the AM and FM bands Channel Up Down Sel
219. gt 5 273 NC R326 77 2 5 Offset Adj MGE Www d 3 P MUTE TOP set Adj 032 o e e e P386 2 NC at 3 is 1943 CP MO ST 02P 9 8 1 PROI A Q310 031 2 ae C164 D301 R370 2SC3423 Y 2SC3423 Y ng 2 CP LG ST 07P 77 5 4N7 M z 1N4148 47K IL To idle adj P323 I w e xS an i Sla n C262 oq az LEO 0303 155244 5 4N7 M 4 me Sea gt gt B 8 1 Q i A D 2 ai 2 0305 gilt EE 81721212 554 T 5 KTC3198 BL x 2 pe 74 3 2 5 es 4 8 8 lol 8 e e C264 4N7 M C362 4N7 M x Ol 5 FROM MAIN B D l T 2 gt gt gt 2 gt P202 29092 CP 2 0 AN 04P tA 3 0000 C364 o JCH CON B D aN 4 7 4 e 1 6292 9 809 4 TER LUG TER LUG ul aj i Su ul lt gt gt gt Rl Ri gt i 5 adgwda3dsg 44 P318 14410418 Bb 9 9 4 P37 of Za 2 2 I 20 07 1 41 2 0 07 2 0 07 441 3 P321 FRONT L TO 3 P382 SURR L TO 3CH_AMP P323 SURR B L Category AV RECEIVER Model AVR7300 Stage Ver Sheet B D name FTMS v2 101 3CHAMP Draw Approved Date Drawing No
220. harman kardon AVR7300 7 x 110W 7 1 CHANNEL A V RECEIVER SERVICE MANUAL ad c E Hn im 7 1 2e Es E nn d nif _ _ E PEZ eee a ate ee Sun the Surreand Selec Y 5 CONTENTS ESD WARNING 2 EXPLODED VIEW PARTS LIST 31 LEAKAGE TESTING BLOCK DIAGRAN 33 BASIC SPECIFICATIONS 4 CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION 34 FEATURES O 5 OFFSET IDLE CURRENT ADJ 45 FRONT PANEL CONTROLS 6 BULLETIN 2005 01 49 REAR PANEL CONNECTIONS 10 TECH HKTT2003 01 50 REMOTE CONTROL FUNCTIONS 14 ELECTRICAL PARTS LIST 51 INSTALLATION CONNECTIONS 18 SEMICONDUCTOR PINOUTS 70 OPERATION 21 PCB 99 TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE 29 SCHEMATICS 146 PROCESSOR u uz 29 WIRING 157 UNIT EXPLODED VIEW 30 PACKAGING PARTS LIST 158 harman kardon Inc 250 Crossways Park Dr Woodbury New York 11797 3 2005 AVR7300 harman kardon ELECTROS
221. hile switching sources you will see the video signal occasionally switch to black for a second or two and hear a slight clicking noise Both of these are nor mal and do not indicate any problem with either the AVR 7300 or your video display When your screen goes black you are seeing the video equivalent of an audio mute which is put into place by the video pro cessing system while the individual parameters for each input are retrieved from the memory and applied to the system The clicking noise is due to the use of relays in the component video switcher to assure max 21 harman kardon imum video quality and to reduce the possibility of video crosstalk 6 Channel 8 Channel Direct Input e There are four input choices available for use with sources such as a DVD Audio or SACD player that are connected to the 8 Channel Direct Inputs G Select the appropriate input for your system and source equipment mihe CH DIRECT input should be used when the SBR and SBL inputs are NOT in use and the source device has its own internal bass management system This input passes the input from the source directly through to the volume control without any analog to digital conversion and it mutes the unused input jacks to prevent unwanted noise from interfering with system per formance mine b CH DVD AUDIO input should be used when the SBR and SBL inputs are NOT in use and the source device does NOT have its own internal bass management system
222. i mm BEEN mimo an B 3 IUA 3615 co MET 55 2235 um e ENS mw se 27 e rora co A gt mV g zm 5 d sora mu 5 mimo cro Es o 5 00 e Me e 19 11100 2 mmm e mm mm m m mim REM e e m ONEEN NEHE HENN sae e 1 E EN ee SENE E ce 1 90 mmm mos 80 emo e 00 00 00 00 00 9 e e Ue 2502 Gree Base 22225 e 59 ee 22 22 00 e a eet o ug e TH 9 mam mm FA ora d iL 09 i 8 1 mim 0022 2 keto 2 e mim HT Mim mim e e ER a iN iin GG mim mim saga BERE amp 01 0 e corp mm 5042 EERE HUHU e EERE 8 e arto mm e p mum 227 zz EN 2 201 HET mimos MN 2 SESS Sass 5938 2952 ppg e 2 55555 mim mim mum
223. iguration When a DTS source is not in use this button has no function See page 36 for the available DTS digital options CD Dolby Mode Select Button This button is used to select from the available Dolby Surround modes Each press of this button will select one of the Dolby Pro Logic Il or Dolby Pro Logic modes When Dolby Digital encoded source is in use Dolby Digital or Dolby Digital EX mode may also be selected See page 36 for the available Dolby surround mode options 6 8 Channel Input Select Press this button to select the device connected to the 8 Channel Direct Inputs 8 5ee page 54 for more information SPL Select Button This button activates the Ezset function to quickly and accurately calibrate the AVR 7300 s output levels When the button is 17 harman kardon pressed you will then need to select between auto matic EzSet operation or using the remote as manu al SPL meter by pressing the A w Navigation Button until your choice appears in the remote s display Press the Set Button to enter the setting and then follow the instructions as displayed in the LCD display For complete information see page 29 D EzSet Microphone Sensor The microphone sensor that is used by the Ezset system is behind the three slots at the top of the remote control When using EzSet to calibrate the AVR 7300 be certain that the slots are not covered See pa
224. ill be sent to these jacks DVD Component Video Inputs Connect the component video outputs of a DVD player or any other video source equipped with Y Pr Pb or RGB component video outputs to these jacks The factory default is for these jacks to be linked to the DVD Audio Inputs and the Coaxial 1 Digital Audio Input but you may change the setting at any time through the IN OUT SETUP menu See page 23 for more information on configuring the compo nent video inputs e Component Video 2 Inputs These inputs may be used with any video source device equipped with analog Y Pr Pb or RGB component video outputs The factory default is for these jacks to be linked to the Video 2 through Video 4 inputs but you may change the setting at any time through the IN OUT SETUP menu See page 23 for more information on configuring the component video inputs Component Video 1 Inputs These inputs may be used with any video source device equipped with analog Y Pr Pb or RGB component video outputs The factory default is for these jacks to be linked to the Video 1 input but you may change the setting at any time through the IN OUT SETUP menu See page 23 for more information on configuring the component video inputs CONNECTIONS DVD Video Inputs The default use for these inputs is the connection to the composite and or S Video output of a DVD player but they may be used with a different video source if desired Vid
225. indoor or an optional external FM antenna to this terminal AM Antenna Connect the AM loop antenna sup plied with the receiver to these terminals If an external AM antenna is used make connections to the AM and GND terminals in accordance with the instructions supplied with the antenna AVR7300 harman kardon MAIN REMOTE CONTROL FUNCTIONS Power Off Button Power On Button LCD Information Display ON OFF SPL Input Selectors 0 llEzSet DSP Surround Mode Selector lest Button Video Processing On Off Button Direct Button Clear Button Numeric Keys Tuning Mode Button Dim Button Channel Select Button Navigation Button D Digital Select Button Set Button Volume Up Down Buttons Transport Fast Play Scan Buttons CD Main Transport Controls Track Skip Up Down Buttons Preset Up Down Button Tuning Up Down Button 2 Disc Skip Button Program Button Light Button Multiroom Button Macro Buttons Sleep Button Night Mode Button OSD Button Tone Control Button Mute Button eZ AM FM Button x 17 36 H gt Channel Up Down Selector D He 217 Transport Play Buttons Delay Select Button T3 Speaker Select Button wey Memory Button Stereo Mode Select Button AVR Selector TES
226. ion 1 Output Vcc GND Output 2 GND 3 Vee Battom View TORX179L DSP PART NJ14 NJ15 NJ16 SUPPLY PART NJ87 Fiber optic transmitting 1 3 1 e 1 Less than 7mm 0 1 uF Pin connection 1 GND 2 Vcc Inout Vee GND 3 Input Bottom View NJU6324M DSP PART 1C23 11622410 72 AVR7 300 harman kardon 3 STATE BUFFER U Pout CS4391 DSP PART 26 RST AMUTEC VL AOUTA SDATA AOUTA SCLK VA LRCK AGND MCLK AOUTB SEATING M3 AOUTB SCLICCLK M2 BMUTEC niin L SMOLI ADO CS 0 FILT wx oos 23 26 AT 004 002 oo 05 om 000 051 o 92 1 26 00 To 100 T ms r MM1662H DSP PART IC24 LOW DROP VOLTAGE REGULATOR 100mA REGULATOR Input hhh 1 0uF Ceramic To load 0 1uF Ceramic Cn 470pF 1 Ceramic 73 uPD7OF3033BGF DSP PART 1C12 0 AT49LV8192A DSP PART 1 804 ATASBV LVB132A T TSOP Top View Type 1 LL hh ca F44 5H TXDO PAESCKTASCKO Pawsesnai 224 302 0 Fasasi 04 513 O P24TXD4 808 F2EASCKISCKS 0 Ess P3yTI2TO2 P27TINTOS P3XTIOO PATIO PATHOSA O P33TH1 804 O STE Cha F35 TO1 A14 15 PITIS TOS IC ppt 100 CY 101 1 6 P
227. it again to turn the displays off Note that when the displays are dimmed or turned off the lighting around the Standby On Button BJ will remain lit as a reminder that the AVR is still turned on Note that all changes to the front panel brightness level remain in effect only until the AVR is turned off the displays will return to full brightness after the AVR is turned on again To return the displays to full bright ness without turning the unit off press the Dim Button as needed until the displays are on In addition to lowering the brightness of the displays or turning them off completely you may wish to have them appear whenever a button on the remote or front panel is pushed and then gradually fade out after a set time period You may do this by making the appropriate settings inthe VF D FADE TIME OUT line ofthe ADVANCED SELECT Menu Figure 19 as shown on page 42 Memory Backup This product is equipped with a memory backup sys tem that preserves the system configuration information and tuner presets if the unit is accidentally unplugged or subjected to a power outage This memory will last for at least four weeks after which time all information must be reentered 28 AVR7300 TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE SYMPTOM Unit does not function when Main Power Switch is pushed Display lights but no sound or picture Unit turns on but front panel display does not light up No sound from any speaker light arou
228. lectors Pressing one of these buttons will perform three actions at the same time First if the AVR 7300 is not turned on this will power up the unit Next it will select the source shown on the button as the input to the AVR 7300 Finally it will change the remote control so that it controls the device selected After pressing one of these buttons you must press the AVR Selector Button again to operate the AVR 7300 s functions with the remote AVR Selector Pressing this button will switch the remote so that it will operate the AVR 7300 s functions If the AVR 7300 is in the Standby mode it will also turn the AVR 7300 on DSP Surround Mode Selector Press this button to select one of the DSP surround modes such as Hall 1 Hall 2 or Theater Each press of the button selects another mode See page 36 for more information on surround modes Test Button Press this button to begin the sequence used to calibrate the AVR 7300 s output levels See page 29 for more Information on calibrat ing the AVR 7300 Video Processing On Off Button Press this button to turn the video processing circuits on or off oee page 31 for more information Direct Button Press this button when the tuner is in use to start the sequence for direct entry of a station s frequency After pressing the button simply press the proper Numeric Keys 6 to select a Station See page 39 for more information on the tuner
229. level input of a powered subwoofer If an external sub woofer amplifier is used connect this jack to the sub woofer amplifier input 0 Video 1 Audio Inputs Connect the left right analog audio PL A Y OUT jacks of a video recording device such as a VCR DVD recorder or personal video recorder to these jacks 11 harman kardon Multiroom Audio Outputs Connect these jacks to the optional external audio power amplifier that delivers the source selected for multizone distribution Video 1 Audio Outputs Connect the left right analog audio RECORD N jacks of a video recording device such as a VCR DVD recorder or personal video recorder to these jacks The AVR 7300 s remote control has a VCR as the default for this input but you may connect any video source such as a VCR or cable set top box per sonal video recorder or other device to these inputs Note that if the source device offers either digital audio or com ponent video capability those connections must be made separately and the AVR 7300 configured accordingly See page 23 for more information on configuring an input for various source options Optical Digital Audio Output Connect this jack to the optical digital input connector on a CD R RW MiniDisc or other compatible digital recorder 2 Optical Digital Audio Inputs Connect the optical digital output from a DVD player HDTV receiver the o P DIF output of a compatible compute
230. lost if the unit is left turned off by using the Main Power Switch for more than four weeks Source Selection e Jo select a source press any of the Input Selector Buttons 9 on the remote e he input source may also be changed by pressing the front panel Input Source Selector Button FZ Each press of the button will move the input selec tion through the list of available inputs e When a new input is selected the AVR will auto matically switch to the audio and video configura tions that were in effect the last time that input was used If the BASS MGR line on the SPEAKER SETUP menu Figure 7 was set to INDEPENDENT as described on page 2 the settings for speaker size will also change to the preset values e The front panel Video 5 Inputs 42 Optical Digital 4 Input 4 or the Coaxial Digital 4 Input 4 gt may be used to connect a device such as a video game or camcorder to your home entertain ment system on a temporary basis e As the input source is changed the new input name will appear momentarily as an on screen display in the lower third of the video display The input name will also appear in the Upper Display Line and in the front panel Input Indicators e When an audio source is selected the last video input used remains routed to the Video 1 Video 2 Video Outputs and Video Monitor Outputs B This permits simultaneous viewing and listening to different sources NOTE W
231. ly entered in the preset memory press the Numeric Keys 6 for the desired station s memory location e Jo manually scroll through the list of preset stations press the Preset Stations Selector Button on the front panel or remote Recording In normal operation the audio or video source selected for listening through the AVR 7300 is sent to the record outputs This means that any program you are watching or listening to may be recorded simply by placing machines connected to the outputs for Tape Outputs or Video 1 Video 2 Outputs 3 in the record mode When a digital audio recorder is connected to the Digital Audio Outputs 4 4 you are able to record the digital signal using a CD R MiniDisc or other digital recording system NOTES e he digital outputs are active only when a digital sig nal is present and they do not convert an analog input to a digital signal or change the format of the digital signal In addition the digital recorder must be compatible with the output signal For example the POM digital input from a CD player may be recorded on a CD R or MiniDisc but Dolby Digital or DTS signals may not e The Front Panel Video 5 4h jacks may be con figured for use as an output allowing connection to a recorder when the steps shown in the section below are followed e Please obey the copyright restrictions on any mate rial you copy Unauthorized duplication of copyright ed materials is
232. ly in either the automatic or manual mode To enter a station s fre quency directly first select the AM or FM band as desired be pressing the AM FM Button DD Next press the Direct Button Within five seconds of when D IRE CT IN scrolls in the Upper Display Line E enter the station fre quency by pressing the Numeric Keys If you press an incorrect button while entering a direct fre quency press the Clear Button to start over NOTE When the FM reception of a station is weak audio quality will be increased by switching to Mono mode by pressing the Tuner Mode Button so that MANUAL MONO appears momentarily in the Upper Display Line F and then goes out This will also activate manual tuning mode Preset Tuning Using the remote up to 30 stations may be stored in the AVR 7300 s memory for easy recall using the front panel controls or the remote AVR7300 OPERATION To enter a station into the memory first tune the sta tion using the steps outlined above Then 1 Press the Memory Button 6 on the remote the station s frequency will flash 2 Within five seconds press the Numeric Keys 6 corresponding to the memory location where you wish to store this station s frequency Once entered the preset number will appear in the Upper Display Line E Repeat the process after tuning any additional stations to be preset Recalling Preset Stations e o manually select a station previous
233. may not be compatible with all MP3 input signals some may produce unacceptable results or may not be decoded This not a fault of either the computer or the AVR 7300 but rather a by product of the unpredictable nature of MP3 playback Even when your computer does not have a digital output that is compatible with the AVR 7300 you may connect the analog audio output available on virtually all computers to one of the AVR s analog audio inputs using an optional adaptor cable that converts the stereo mini plug commonly used for computer audio connections to the left right RCA jacks used on the AVR Connecting your computer to the AVR will enable you to take advantage of the high quality audio reproduction possible with a home theater system as well as enable the use of surround processing modes such as Logic to greatly enhance downloaded or streaming audio playback IMPORTANT NOTES ON DIGITAL PLAYBACK e When the digital playback source is stopped or in a pause fast forward or search mode digital audio data will momentarily stop and the channel position letters inside the Speaker Channel Input Indicators will flash and an UNLOCK mes sage may appear This is normal and does not indi cate a problem with either the AVR 7300 or the source machine The AVR 7300 return to digital playback as soon as the data is available some source devices particularly cable set top boxes will switch back and forth between digit
234. minal on your speaker See page 18 for more information on speaker polarity AVR7300 SPEAKERS 80 PH harman kardon VIDEQ AND SYSTEM CONNECTIONS COAXIAL _ 8 Hm 3 L OPTICAL AC OUTLETS 120V 60H2 tri SWITCHED 100W 1A try UNSWITCHED 100W MAX AC INPUT 120V 60Hz DATE NOTE make it easier to follow the instructions that refer to this illustration a larger may be downloaded from the Product Support section for this product at www harmankardon com VA Amp Trigger Multiroom IR Input Remote IR Output Remote IR Input 3 Component Video Monitor Outputs DVD Component Video Inputs e Component Video 2 Inputs Component Video 1 Inputs NOTE assist in making the correct connections for multichannel input output and speaker connections all connection jacks and terminals are color coded in conformance with the CEA standards as follows Ell DVD Video Inputs Video Monitor Outputs 4 Video 4 Video Inputs A BUS Connectors W Video 1 Video Outputs Video 1 Video Inputs e Multiroom Video Outputs 2 AC Power Cord Jack Front Left Front Right Center ourround Left ourround Right ourround Back Left ourround Back Right 12 White Hed Green Blue Gray Brown Tan e Unswitched AC Outlet Switched AC Outlets E 05 232 Port Video 2 Video Inp
235. n AVR7300 2SA933 FAROUDJ Q100 Q101 Q104 MAIN Q213 Q214 SUPPLY 1 2 0 45 ROHM SPT 1 Emitter EIAJ 500 02 E shea 25 17405 Q926 Q927 Q928 25 17405 MAIN Q211 Q7 er lector KTA1024Y 0901 4 0801 0 3 2 5 8 51783 0457 1 2 3 1 Emitt E SP 2 Co C L I EMITTER 2 COLLECTOR 3 BASE 25 1370 3CH AMP Q106 Q206 Q306 4CH AMP Q406 Q506 Q606 Q706 2SA1370 M EIAJ SC 51 B Base SANYO MP C Collector E Emitter 92 harman kardon AVR7 300 harman kardon KTA1266 Q925 1 EMITTER 2 COLLECTOR 3 BASE KTA1268 AMP Q107 Q207 Q307 4 Q407 Q507 Q607 Q707 DIM MILLIMETERS B EN 045 H o 15 230 1 EMITTER 2 COLLECTOR 3 BASE KTC3198 Q105 Q123 Q205 Q223 Q305 Q323 4 0405 0423 0505 0523 0605 0623 0705 0723 MAIN Q6 0 55 0 45 EMITTER 2 COLLECTOR 3 BASE 93 AVR7300 harman kardon KTC3200 3CHAMP Q101 Q102 Q103 Q104 Q122 Q201 4 Q222 Q301 3002 3003 304 22 4 0401 4 0422 0501 0504 0522 0601 4 0622 0701 4 0722 qD 92 1 2 COLLECTOR 3 BASE 1302 MAIN 0241 PROCESSOR Q1 Q18 Q19 Q21 1 9 H 045 rr L 0 45 1
236. nd power switch is red No sound from surround or center speakers Unit does not respond to remote commands Intermittent buzzing in tuner An UNLOCK message appears in the display and or the letters in the Channel Indicator display flash at the same time as the audio stops CAUSE e No AC Power e Intermittent input connections e Mute is on e Volume control is down e Display brightness is turned off e Amplifier is in protection mode due to possible short e Amplifier is in protection mode due to internal problems e Incorrect surround mode e Input is monaural e Incorrect configuration e Stereo or Mono program material e Weak batteries in remote e Wrong device selected e Remote sensor is obscured e ocal interference e The type of digital audio stream has been changed Digital audio feed paused harman kardon SOLUTION e Make certain that the AC power cord is plugged into a live outlet Check to see whether the outlet is switch controlled e Make certain that all and speaker connections are secure e Press Mute Button e Jurn up the volume control e Follow the instructions in the Display Brightness section on page 42 so that the display is setto VFD FULL e Check speaker wire connections for shorts at receiver and speaker ends e Contact your local Harman Kardon service center e Select a mode other than Stereo e here is no surround information from mono sourc
237. near High Level oignal to Noise Ratio IHF A Frequency Response 1W 0dB 3cB Samps 200mV 47k ohms 100dB 10Hz 100kHz ourround System Adjacent Channel Separation Pro Logic Dolby Digital DIS Transient Intermodulation Distortion olew Rate FM Tuner Section Frequency Range Usable Sensitivity signal to Noise Ratio Distortion Stereo Separation oelectivity Image Rejection IF Rejection 4048 5508 5548 Unmeasurable 40V uSec 8 5 108 0MHZ IHF 1 34 13 248 Mono Stereo 70 68dB Mono Stereo 0 2 0 3 40dB 1kHz 400kHz 8 8048 9048 harman kardon 7300 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AM Tuner Section Frequency Range signal to Noise Ratio Usable Sensitivity Distortion selectivity Video Section Television Format Input Level Impedance Output Level Impedance Video Frequency Response Composite and S Video Video Frequency Response Component Video General Power Requirement Power Consumption Dimensions Weight 520 1710kHz 45dB Loop 500 1kHz 50 Mod 0 8 10kHz 300B NTSC 1Vp p 75 ohms 1Vp p 75 ohms 10Hz 8MHz 3dB 10Hz 100MHz 308 AC 120 60 2 Standby 8 9W Idle 130W Max 1360W channels driven Product Width 17 3 440mm Height 7 6 192mm Depth 20 5 620mm 55 24 9kg Depth measurement includes knobs buttons and terminal connections Height measurement includes feet and chassis features and s
238. ng Register LCAS LWCBR LDQM Bank Select DQi esues Jayng CLK Jayng JelunoD ADD Jalsl6ayJ ssouppy Jejyng 102 LCKE LRAS LCBR LWE LDQM CLK CKE CS RAS CAS WE L UDQM M24C04 DSP PART IC22 24 VCC m 85 i 16Kb 8Kb AKb 2Kb 1Kb 0 2 SDA NC NC NC EO 1 8 Vcc M24Cxx 1 NC NC E1 E1 E1 2 l wc We NC E2 E2 E2 E2 3 6 SCL 508 MN 4 9 SDA 150 mil width Vss 0 1 2 Chip Enable Supply Voltage 83 AVR7300 TAVHCT244A DSP PART ar NJM2068M DSP PART PIN FUNCTION 1 A OUTPUT 2 A INPUT 3 A HNPUT 5 6 8 7 B OUTPUT B V LC74763M VIDEO PART E VCOOUT SYNCDET 6 30 55 XTALIN1 xTALOUT1 harman kardon IC17 1018 25 0 556 0 517 EI dm 112 698 1X 005 ik T 17 15 13 12 Tl 1 IC31 IC50 PROCESSORR PART 1C1 1C4 1C7 1C8 1C9 1C11 1C12 1C13 1C15 1C16 1C 17 1C20 IC21 1C23 1C24 125 1C26 1C27 1C29 1C 30 209 VCOIN HSYNCOUT x FC XTALIN2 H AMPOUT SANYO 5 z be 2 o O E Z QN 39 a O O 2 M oO 060 wo gt gt gt gt 0
239. nged again using the 050 menu system as described above Output Level Trim Adjustment Normal output level adjustment for the AVR 7300 is established using the test tone as outlined on pages 29 30 In some cases however it may be desirable to adjust the output levels using program material such as a test disc or a selection you are familiar with Additionally the output level for the subwoofer can only be adjusted using this procedure To adjust the output levels using program material first set the reference volume for the front left and front right channels using the Volume Control IT TD lf you are using a disc with test signals or an external signal generator as the source used when the output levels are being trimmed you may use the remote as an SPL meter to guide you to the correct level set tings To use the EzSet remote as an SPL meter follow the instructions on page 29 27 harman kardon Once the reference level has been set press the Channel Select Button XD and FRONT L LEVEL will appear in the Lower Display Line IT change the level first press the Set Button and then use the A w Navigation Button io raise or lower the level DO NOT use the vol ume control as this will alter the reference setting Once the change has been made press the Set Button and then press the A w Navigation Button to select the next output channel location that you wish to adj
240. nnel is present This will be displayed for Dolby Digital 5 1 and DIS 5 1 programs as available e A 0 indicates that there is no channel infor mation available However even when there is no dedicated LFE channel low frequency sound will be present at the subwoofer output when the speaker configuration is set to show the presence of a subwoofer e he information in the right side of the display will tell you if the digital audio data contains a special flag signal that will automatically activate the appro priate 6 1 or 7 1 mode This will be shown as EX ON or EX OFF for Dolby Digital bitstreams and ES ON or ES OFF for DTS bitstreams 0 OPERATION When Dolby Digital 3 2 1 or DTS or DTS ES signals are being played the DPR will automatically switch to the proper surround mode and no other processing may be selected When a Dolby Digital signal with a 3 1 0 or 2 0 0 signal is detected you may select any of the Dolby surround modes When D S OF F appears as a message it indicates that there is no Dolby Surround data flag in the audio bitstream Similarly E X OF F indicates that there is no Dolby Digital EX data flag In the case of a DS OFF message you may manually select a Dolby Pro Logic mode to add a multichannel presen tation to the stereo material In the case of the EX OFF message when your system is config ured for surround back speakers you may manually select Dolby Digital E
241. norama ITU R 656 OUT PAL Mode ITU R 601 NTSC SECAM PAL Cb Contrast Memory saturation Brightness FIFO Control Tint Peaking CNTL 2 LLGock Sync 5 Sync Contrast Clock Saturation Generation OV Sync Brightness O AVO 2 22 1 12112 12 t 2025 MHz PC Bus ti at gt 4 1 n d n 2 2 2 5 er A m 2 gt p 46 000202 00046 gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt uU a u 4 Loos r 31 n b g3 I AP QA L o ua iL IL M IE erm gt lt 1 5 t E 5 Li bb 8 4 gt wp P ce 0 gt ifa I VPC 323xD g yT d E 1 115 5 T m rC A VA A A F P E lt 1 1 6 5 2 S n m n 1 in x u n 12 z 1 ii u s Qn 200 2 7 l 8 2 L z E CO i Cl pg A 155 0 Toro ToT TOOT Tn 2 1 5 92 5552222 2 3 22 g P gt gt 5 z z e 07 e a L m d 88 AVR7300 harman kardon 1623 VIDEO DRIVER P
242. nterrupt the out put to all speakers and the headphone jack but it will not affect any recording or dubbing that may be in progress When the system is muted the word MUT E will flash in the on screen display and Upper Display Line E press the Mute Buttons again to return to normal operation The unit s tone controls may be taken out of the signal path by pressing the Tone Mode Button on the front panel or the remote 6 The first press of either button will show a message in the on screen display and Lower Display Line with the current status of the tone controls The sys tem defaultis T ONE IN which indicates that the bass and treble controls are active Press the A w Navigation Button on the remote or the 4 Button 4 on the front panel to change the setting to TONE OUT which is flat response without the tone controls being active When the tone controls are active the bass and tre ble boost cut may be adjusted by first pressing the Tone Mode Button on the front panel or the remote 2 until the desired setting BASS MODE or TREBLE MODE appears in the on screen display and the Lower Display Line I Next use the a w Navigation Button on the remote or the lt p gt Button 4 on the front panel to change the setting as desired The unit will return to normal operation within five sec onds after the setting is changed For private listening simply place a standard 1 4 stereo hea
243. o video games or portable audio video products such as camcorders and portable audio players See page 40 for more information on switching these jacks between an input and output 4 Input Output Status Indicator This LED indi cator will normally light green to show that the front panel Video 5 Input Output Jacks 5 operat ing as an input When this jack is configured for use as an output the appropriate indicator will turn red to show that the jack may be used as an output for recording See page 23 for more information on configuring the front panel jacks as outputs rather than inputs AVR7300 SPEAKERS 80 REMOTE MULTI 5 harman kardon REAR PANEL AUDIO CONNECTIONS VID 4 VID3 1 HE 9900 201000006 17718 120V 60Hz NOTE make it easier to follow the instructions that refer to this illustration a larger copy may be downloaded from the Product Support section for this product at www harmankardon com Front Speaker Outputs Surround Speaker Outputs 9 Surround Back Multiroom Speaker Outputs Tape Outputs 3 Tape Inputs 3 CD Inputs DVD Audio Inputs Video 4 Audio Inputs NOTE assist in making the correct connections for multichannel input output and speaker connections all connection jacks and terminals are color coded in conformance with the CEA standards as follows Video 3 Audio Inputs Video 2 Audio Outputs Vid
244. odes Newer discs with special DTS ES discrete encoding will be decoded to provide six discrete full bandwidth channels plus a separate low frequency channel All other DIS discs will be decoded using the DTS ES Matrix mode which creates 6 1 channel sound field from the original 5 1 channel soundtrack Dolby Pro Logic decodes full range discrete left center right right surround and left surround channels from either matrix surround encoded programs or conventional stereo sources when an analog input is in use The Dolby Pro Logic Movie mode is optimized for movie soundtracks while the Pro Logic Il Music mode should be used with musical selections The Pro Logic mode re creates original Pro Logic processing for those who prefer that presentation Dolby Pro Logic Ilx is the latest extension of Dolby Pro Logic technology that creates a discrete 6 1 and 7 1 sound field from matrix surround or two channel Stereo sources in systems configured for surround back speakers Both Movie and Music versions of Pro Logic IIx are available These modes may also be applied to a six channel source connected to the 8 Channel Direct Inputs 50 that the sound field is enhanced by adding back surround channels as well as to enable the MAIN DOWNMIX option in the multiroom system so that six channel direct input may be used as a source for the remote room Logic Cinema Logic Music Logic Enhance DIS Neo 6 Cinema DIS Neo 6 Music Theater Hall 1
245. ons To change the AN Sync Delay press the Set Button while the A V SYNC DEL A Y message is visible and then use the Navigation Button to change the setting so that the sound and the video image are in sync change the delay for an individual output channel press the W Navigation Button until the desired channel name is shown and then press the Set Button Use the A Navigation Buttons to change the delay amount See page 28 for more information on delay options T5 Speaker Select Button Press this button to begin the process of configuring the AVR 5 bass management system Then press the A W Navigation Button to select the channel you wish to set up Press the Set Button and then select another channel to configure When all adjustments have been completed press the Set Button twice to exit the settings and return to normal operation See page 26 for more information on speaker setup Memory Button Press this button to enter a radio station to the AVR 7300 s preset memory First tune the desired station and then press this button Within five seconds of when you see the stations frequency flash in the Upper Display Line EF and in the on screen display press the numeric keys for the preset number between 01 and 30 that you wish to assign to the station See page 39 for more Information Stereo Mode Select Button Press this button to select
246. pecifications are subject to change without notice ohipping 23 DOSITITI 12 77 323mm 24 7 626mm 69 3 Ib 31 5kg Harman Kardon Power for the Digital Revolution and Logic 7 are registered trademarks of Harman International Industries Incorporated SzSet is a trademark of Harman International Industries Incorporated patent no 5 386 478 Trademarks of Dolby Laboratories DTS DIS Surround DIS ES and DIS Neo 6 are registered trademarks of Digital Theater Systems Inc VMAx is a registered trademark of Harman International Industries Incorporated and is an implementation of Cooper Bauck Transaural Stereo under patent license HDCD system manufactured under license from Pacific Microsonics Inc This product is covered by one or more of the following in the USA 5 479 168 5 638 074 5 640 161 5 808 574 5 838 274 5 854 600 5 864 311 5 872 531 and in Australia 669114 Other patents pending A BUS and A BUS Ready are registered trademarks of Leisure Tech Electronics Pty Ltd Australia TiVo is a registered trademark of TiVo Inc Replay TV is a registered trademark of Digital Networks North America Inc Faroudja DCD and DCDi by Faroudja are registered trademarks of Genesis Microchip Inc AVR7300 harman kardon AVR7300 FEATURES ll OUTPUT POWER STEREO 15 2 OUTPUTS AUDIO DSP SECTION Digital Outputs Rear 1 Coax 1 Optical Dolby Pro Logic2 Yes JDIGITA
247. pted the unit will automatically switch over to the analog inputs for the selected source Digital Bitstream and Surround Mode Indications When a digital source is playing the DPR senses the type of bitstream data that is present Using this infor mation the correct surround mode will automatically be selected For example DTS bitstreams will cause the unit to switch to DIS decoding and Dolby Digital bitstreams will enable Dolby Digital decoding When the unit senses PCM data from CDs or LDs you may select any of the standard surround modes such as Dolby Pro Logic Il or Logic 7 Since the range of available surround modes is dependent on the type of digital data that is present the AVR 7300 shows you what type of signal is present This will help you to understand the choice of modes When a digital source is first detected the AVR 7300 will display a message to indicate the type of bitstream being received This message will appear shortly after an input or surround mode is changed and will remain in the Lower Display Line Z for about five seconds 24 harman kardon OPERATION before that portion of the display returns to the normal surround mode indication For Dolby Digital and DTS sources a three digit indica tion will appear showing the number of channels present in the data An example of this type of display is 3 2 1 The first number in the display message indicates how many discrete front channel sign
248. quM e 2 69 e 30 e m e s ET yeas eo 2 mm m o 9 9 2 e OPES m E 9 9 5 000 99 ID SO A090 roco SOLO TOSO e SESI UN _ bd mm 0220 a ommo ommo e 000 e ee exile 3052 e o o 22 mim 8052 5 amp e e C e e e 2 e 27 2 e 99 2 e eo e e o e 14 000 ee 6 6 onmo comme 94495 amp eo Ios SES 2 89 o ISSA SESH RSSA amp e e e e e ESCH GOES lt BLI 850 e 8859 9889 8652 reso e 0 2052 m m m mm E NA 12 0 ee 960 e 00 EBSO 8809 80 8800 Qo 0007 ROSI 3800 mI us 52 EIDIO 966 6 Fri May 14 19 13 15 2004 139 53 EI cn t G 4 RL 5 NC 5 NC 4 1609 2 FR 3 6 FL FR CTR 22 94 FID1 m eo e 22 e 19 2
249. r sound card playing MP3 files or streams LD player or CD player to these jacks The signal may be a Dolby Digital signal a DIS signal or a standard PCM digital source Coaxial Digital Audio Output Connect this jack to the coaxial digital input of a CD R RW MiniDisc or other compatible digital recorder Coaxial Digital Audio Inputs Connect the coax digital output from a DVD player HDTV receiver the S P DIF output of a compatible computer sound card play ing MP3 files or streams LD player or CD player to these jacks The signal may be a Dolby Digital signal DTS signal or a standard PCM digital source Do not connect the RF digital output of an LD player to these jacks 8 8 Channel Direct Inputs These jacks are used for connection to source devices such as DVD Audio or oACD players with discrete analog outputs Depending on the source device in use all eight jacks may be used though in many cases only connections to the front left right center surround left right and subwoofer input jacks will be used for standard 5 1 audio signals Center Speaker Outputs Connect these outputs to the matching and terminals on your center channel speaker In conformance with the CEA color code specifi cation the green terminal is the positive terminal that should be connected to the red terminal on speakers with the older color coding Connect the black terminal on the AVR to the black negative ter
250. range to the front and surround speakers to deliver a less localized soundstage that appears broader and wider than when the subwoofer is the sole source of bass energy These two modes are available with analog sources playing to create three channel five channel or six channel surround presentation from matrix encoded stereo sources Select the Cinema version of Neo 6 when a program with matrix surround encoding is present Select the Music version of 56 for optimal processing when a nonencoded two channel stereo program is being played The Theater mode creates a sound field that resembles the acoustic feeling of a standard live performance theater The two Hall modes create sound fields that resemble a small Hall 1 or medium sized Hall 2 concert hall When only the two front channel loudspeakers are used delivers three dimensional sound space with the illusion of phantom speakers at the center and surround positions The VMAX or Near Field mode should be selected when your listening position is less than five feet from the speakers The VMAX F or Far Field mode should be selected when your listening position is greater than five feet from the speakers Dolby Virtual Speaker uses advanced technology to simulate the sonic signature of a speaker location even when there is no speaker physically present in that location The Reference REF mode activates any missing speakers to simulate a 5 1 presentation with ac
251. recalled from a 30 position memory Station Selection 1 Press the AM FM Button on the remote to 26 harman kardon OPERATION select the tuner as an input The tuner may be selected from the front panel by either pressing the Input Source Selector FJ until the tuner is active or by pressing the Tuner Band Selector N Press the AM FM Button or Tuner Band Selector EJ again to switch between AM and FM so that the desired frequency band is selected Press the Tuner Mode Selector EJ to select manual or automatic tuning When the button is pressed so that AU T 0 or AUTO STEREO appears in the Upper Display Line EK each press of the Tuning Selectors will put the tuner in a scan mode that seeks the next higher or lower frequency station with acceptable signal strength An AU ST TUNED indication will momentarily appear when the station stops at a stereo FM station and an AUTO TUNED indication will momentarily appear when an AM or monaural FM station is tuned Press the Tuning Selectors again to scan to the next station When the button is pressed so that MANUAL or MANUAL appears in the Upper Display Line E each tap of the Tuning Selectors E will increase or decrease the frequency by one increment When the tuner receives a strong enough signal for adequate reception MANUAL TUNE D will appear in the Lower Display Line 71 4 Stations may also be tuned direct
252. red when long cable runs are used A BUS Installation Connections The AVR 7300 is among the very few receivers avail able today that offer built in A BUS Ready operation When used with an optional A BUS keypad or control module you have all the benefits of remote zone operation without the need for an external power amplifier use the AVR 7300 with an approved A BUS prod uct simply connect the keypad or module that is in the remote room to the AVR 7300 using standard Category 5 wiring that is properly rated for the in wall use specific to the installation Terminate the wiring at the receiver end to a standard RJ 45 connector in compliance with the instructions furnished with the A BUS module No further installation or adjustment is needed as the A BUS jack on the AVR 7300 routes the signals in and out of the keypad to their proper destination for power signal source and control The output fed to the A BUS jack is determined by the AVR 5 multiroom system and menus RS 232 Connections The AVR 7300 is equipped with an RS 232 Port E that may be used for two purposes When the port is connected to a compatible optional external computer keypad or control system the AVR 7300 is capable of bi directional communications that enable the external system to control the AVR and the AVR is able to report status and handshake data back to the con troller Use of the RS 232 port for this type of control requires specifi
253. s is available at www dtsonline com home amp car overview php 23 AVR7300 dynamic range and significant improvements to signal to noise ratios In addition digital systems have the capa bility to deliver an additional channel that is specifically devoted to low frequency information This is the 1 channel referred to when you see these systems described as 5 1 6 1 or 7 1 The bass channel is separate from the other channels but since it is inten tionally bandwidth limited sound designers have given it that unique designation Dolby Digital Dolby Digital is a standard part of DVD and high defini tion HDTV broadcasts and is available on specially encoded LD discs and satellite broadcasts An optional external RF demodulator is required to use the AVR 300 to listen to the Dolby Digital soundtracks available on laser discs Connect the RF output of the LD player to the demodulator and then connect the digital output of the demodulator to the Optical or Coaxial Inputs QO Z aA of the AVR 7300 No demodulator is required for use with DVD players DTS encoded laser discs DTS DIS is a digital audio system capable of delivering 5 1 or 6 1 discrete or matrix sound field reproduction Although both 015 and Dolby Digital are digital they use different methods of encoding the signals and thus they require different decoding circuits to convert the digital signals back to analog DTS encoded sound
254. sitive connection Connect the negative or black wire to the same terminal on both the receiver and the speaker NOTE While most speaker manufacturers adhere to an industry convention of using black terminals for negative and red ones for positive some may vary from this configuration To ensure proper phase and optimal performance consult the identification plate on your speaker or the speaker s manual to verity polarity If you do not know the polarity of your speaker ask your dealer for advice before proceeding or consult the speaker s manufacturer We also recommend that the length of cable used to connect speaker pairs be identical For example use the same length piece of cable to connect the front left and front right surround left and sur 18 harman kardon round right speakers even if the speakers are a different distance from the AVR 7300 8 Connections to a subwoofer are normally made via line level audio connection from the Subwoofer Output T to the line level input of a subwoofer with a built in amplifier When a passive subwoofer is used the connection first goes to a power ampli fier which will be connected to one or more sub woofer speakers If you are using a powered sub woofer that does not have line level input connec tions follow the instructions furnished with the speaker for connection information 9 If an external multichannel audio source with 5 1 outputs such as an
255. so a growing number of TV programs sports broadcasts and radio dramas are also recorded in surround sound Even when a program is not listed as carrying intentional surround information you may find that the Pro Logic Logic Enhanced or DTS Neo 6 VMAx and the Hall or Theater modes often deliver enveloping surround pre 22 harman kardon OPERATION sentations through the use of the natural information present in all stereo recordings ourround modes may be changed at any time by using either the front panel or remote control select a new surround mode from the front panel first press the Surround Mode Group Selector Button until the desired major surround mode group such as Dolby DTS or Logic is selected Next press the Surround Mode Selector Button KJ to choose the specific individual surround mode To select a surround mode using the remote press the button for the surround mode group that includes the mode you wish to choose Dolby DTS Digital DTS 6 Gp Logic 7 Stereo or DSP Surround The first press of the button will show the current mode from that group if it IS already in use or the first available mode if you are currently using another mode To cycle through the available modes in that group press the button again until the desired mode appears in the Lower Display Line the on screen display and in the front panel Surround Mode Indicators
256. stations When the tuner is in the MANUAL mode each tap of the selector will increase or decrease the frequency by one increment When the tuner receives a strong enough signal for adequate reception MANUAL TUNE D appear in the Lower Display Line K and in the on screen display When the tuner is in the AUTO STERE mode press the button once and the tuner will scan for a station with acceptable signal strength When the next higher or lower frequency station with a strong enough signal is tuned the frequency scan will stop and the Lower Display Line fE and the on screen display will indicate AUTO TUNE D When an FM Stereo station is tuned the display will read AU T 0 ST TUNED See page 39 for more information on using the tuner Tuner Band Selector Pressing this button will switch to the Tuner mode Pressing it again will switch between the AM and FM frequency bands See page 39 for more information on the tuner Preset Stations Selector Press this button to scroll up or down through the list of stations that have been entered into the preset memory See page 39 for more information on tuner programming Input Source Selector Press this button to change the input by scrolling up or down through the list of input sources Tuner Mode Selector Press this button to select Auto or Manual tuning When the button is pressed so that AUTO STEREO appears in the Upper Displ
257. step Increments When the FM band is in use pressing the button so that the MANUAL mode is activated will enable you to tune stations with weak signals by changing to monaural reception See page 39 for more information on tuner operation 15 harman kardon Dim Button This button activates the Dimmer function which reduces the brightness of the front panel display or turns it off entirely Press the button once to reduce the display brightness by 50 and press it again within five seconds and the main display will go completely dark Note that this setting tem porary regardless of any changes the display will always return to full brightness when the AVR turned on The blue accent lighting inside the Volume Control and the Input Output Indicator will go out when the panel lights are at half brightness or fully dimmed Channel Select Button This button is used to start the process of setting the AVR 7300 s output levels to an external source Once this button is pressed press the a v on the Navigation Button 9 to select the channel being adjusted then press the Set Button 679 followed by the on the Navigation Button again to change the level setting See page 40 for more information gt Navigation Button This single disc like button is used to navigate through the on screen configuration menus to scroll through the options list and to select choices for the
258. t video inputs of your TV projector or other display device 9 If you have a camcorder video game or other audio video device that is connected to the AVR on temporary rather than permanent basis connect the audio video and digital audio outputs of that device to the Front Panel Inputs device connected here is selected as the Video 5 input and the digital inputs must be assigned to the Video 5 input See page 23 for more information on input configuration 10 When connecting the AVR 7300 to a digital ready HDTV compatible or high definition display which is any device capable of accepting an input signal of 480P or higher you are able to take advantage of the units advanced video processing circuitry which converts all video signals to a 480P output Since the AVR 7300 displays the on screen menus with upconverted video the connection from the AVR 7300 to the display need only be one set of Y Pr Pb component video cables to the Component Video Monitor Output 1 When connecting the AVR 7300 to a standard analog video display that has standard composite and S Video inputs only component video inputs may not be used In this case connect the Video Monitor Output B to the matching composite and S Video inputs on your video display depend ing on which types of video are used by your source devices NOTE When source devices such as a progressive scan DVD player or HDTV set top box are
259. tal Source To utilize either digital mode you must have properly connected a digital source to the AVR 7300 Connect the digital outputs from DVD players HDTV receivers Satellite systems or CD players to the Optical or Coaxial Inputs 6 In order to provide a backup signal and a source for analog stereo record ing the analog outputs provided on digital source equipment should also be connected to their appropri ate inputs on the AVR 7300 rear panel e g connect the analog stereo audio output from a DVD to the DVD Audio Inputs on the rear panel when you connect the source s digital outputs If you have not already configured an input for a digital source using the on screen menus as shown on page 23 first select the desired input using the remote or front panel controls as outlined in this man ual Next press the Digital Select Button 4 and then using the A W Navigation Button on the remote or the Buttons 4 on the front panel choose any OPTICAL or COAXIAL inputs as they appear in the Upper Display Line F or on screen display When the digital source is playing the AVR 7300 will automatically detect which type of digital data stream is being decoded and display that information in the Upper Display Line rk When both a digital and an analog connection are made between a source device and the AVR the digi tal input is the default If the digital stream is not pres ent or is interru
260. tertace MS and DACs Vertical and Horizontal Enhancers 2Mx32 SDRAM external 80 155 amv our 7 cum DIT 5 umi OUT 4 Grr OUT 3 150 3 cur Gr CUT 1 umi D VLDE 1451 4313 Rir OUT 7 OUT 6 RAPT OUT 5 RAPE OUT 4 RAPI OUT 3 OUT 2 wascnre OUT 1 OUT OUT T BUFR OUT OUT 5 OUT 4 OUT 3 OUT 2 OUT D VBcoorg VDDonm CTLOUT4 CTLOUTA CTLOUT CTLOUTO TEST OUT TEST CTO TESTS CLEN vas 2 LL J CRIT 1 L L 107 11 4 ee SDRAM ESQ ELRAM CASH 105 1 smaMRASN SDRAM VEH 16 20 24 bit RBG YCrCb Digital Outputs RBG YCrCb Analog Outputs harman kardon 00 TC9273F PROCESSOR IC6 IC10 TC9273F SOP28 P 450 1 27 TC9482F PROCESSOR 19 S Y ER sm Yi 28 450 1 27 TC9481F PROCESSOR IC28 Sp zm n ete m wb 28 450 1 27 harman kardon PIN CONNECTION TOP VIEW 9273 TC9273F L ch 55 511 GND 013 1
261. the Tuner Module from the rear panel two screws It does not have to be disconnected 3 Removal of the DSP PCB there are seven screws on the rear panel four plated screws that attach the PCB six molex and ribbon connectors and three connector PCB s must be pushed away from the DSP connectors Remove the DSP board from the unit 4 Removal of the Processor PCB there are six screws the rear panel four standoff s that attach the PCB eight molex connectors and three connector PCB s must be pushed away from the Processor connectors Remove the Processor board 5 Locate the two 1KO 1 16W SMD resistors R249 and R205 on the bottom of the Processor board replace both with 2 7 components h k part 0272 0 6 Replace all PCB s connectors standoffs and screws in reverse order 7 Test the unit with an AB 1 MODEL SERIAL NUMBER STATUS ACTION TF0003 01000 Distortion caused by too high Change R205 R249 from AVR7300 120v to output from A BUS A 2 7kO TF0003 02440 connection AVR7300 120v TF0003 02441 and above Modified by Factory None Required AVR7300 230v TF0010 01001 and above Modified by Factory None Required 49 AVR7300 harman kardon harman kardon TECH TIPS Troubleshooting tips and solutions to common service problems For models TIP HKTT2003 01 Rev3 AVR7000 7200 7300 8000 AVR10 AVR100 200 300 500 DPR1001 AVR110 210 310 510 DPR1005 AVR120 220 320 520 DPR2005 AVR125 225 325 525 HK3370
262. track to trigger only the L and indicators NOTE Many DVD discs are recorded with both 5 1 and 2 0 and Dolby Digital and DTS versions of the same soundtrack When playing a DVD always be certain to check the type of material on the disc Most discs show this information using icons on the back of the disc jacket When a disc offers multiple soundtrack choices you may have to make some adjustments to your DVD player usually with the Audio Select button or in a menu screen on the disc to send a full 5 1 feed to the AVR 7300 or to select between Dolby Digital or DTS It is also possible for the type of signal feed to change during the course of a DVD s play back In some cases the previews or special material will be recorded in 2 0 audio while the main feature is available in 5 1 audio The AVR 7300 will automatically sense changes to the bitstream and channel count and reflect them in these indicators The letters used by the Speaker Channel Input Indicators JJ also flash to indicate when a bitstream has been interrupted This will happen when a digital input source is selected before the playback starts or when a digital source such as a DVD is paused The flashing indicators along with the UNL CK mes sage in the Lower Display Line remind you that the playback has stopped due to the absence of a digital signal and not through any fault of the AVR 7300 This is normal and the digital playback will r
263. tracks are available on select DVD and LD discs as well as on audio only DTS discs You may use any LD or CD player equipped with a digital output to play DIS encoded discs with the AVR 7300 All that is required is to connect the player s output to either an Optical or Coaxial Input on the rear panel gg or front panel In order to listen to DVDs encoded with DTS sound tracks the DVD player must be compatible with the DTS signal which is indicated by the DTS Digital Out logo on the player s front panel 5ome early DVD play ers were not able to play DIS encoded DVDs This does not indicate a problem with the AVR 7300 as those players cannot pass through the DIS signal If you re in doubt as to the capability of your DVD player to handle DTS discs consult the player s owner s manual IMPORTANT NOTE Many DVD players have a default setting that does not pass through the DTS data even though the machine is capable of doing so If your DVD player has the DTS Digital Out logo but does not trigger DTS playback in the AVR 7300 change the player s settings in the Audio or Bitstream con figuration menu so that DTS playback is enabled The method for doing this will vary with each player In some cases the proper menu choice will be Original while in others it will be DTS Consult the owner s manual for your player to find the specific information to find the proper setting Selecting a Digi
264. urround mode in use Depending on the specific combination of input sources and surround mode selected more than one indicator may light See page 35 for more information Remote Sensor Window The sensor behind this window receives infrared signals from the remote control Aim the remote at this area and do not block or cover it unless an external remote sensor is installed AVR7300 harman kardon er d Id s Qe 00000 harman kardon FRONT PANEL CONTROLS Op Channel Digital Sel Delay Set Video In 4 Out In4 Out S Video Video L Audio R Optical Coaxial Video 5 NOTE make it easier to follow the instructions that refer to this illustration a larger copy may be downloaded from the Product Support section for this product at www harmankardon com The following controls and jacks are located behind the front panel door To open the door place the edge of a finger on the left or right bottom edge of the panel and gently swing the door down toward you Main Power Switch Headphone Jack Tone Mode Button speaker Selector Button 4 Channel Adjust Selector Main Power Switch Press this switch to apply power to the AVR 7300 When the switch is pressed in the unit is placed in a Standby mode as indicated by the lighting around the Standby On Button BJ turning amber The s
265. ust To adjust the subwoofer level press the A w Navigation Button amp 9 until WOOFER LEVEL appears in the Lower Display Line or on screen display Hepeat the procedure as needed until all channels requiring adjustment have been set When all adjust ments have been made and no further adjustments are made for five seconds the AVR 7300 will return to normal operation The channel output for any input may also be adjusted using the full OSD on screen menu system First set the volume to a comfortable listening level using the Volume Control JD Then press the OSD Button 6 to bring up the MASTER MENU Fig 1 Press the W Navigation Button until the on screen cursor is next to the CHANNEL AD JUST line Press the Set Button to activate the CHANNEL AD JUST menu Fig 13 Once the menu appears on your video screen first use the A W Navigation Button to move the on screen cursor so that it is next to the TE ST T ONE line Press the lt gt Navigation Button so that OF F is highlighted This will turn off the test tone and allow you to use your external test disc or other source material as the reference Then use the A V Navigation Button to select the chan nels to be adjusted At each channel position use the lt gt Navigation Button to change the output level Remember the goal is to have the output level at each channel be equal when heard at the listening position lf
266. uts Video 2 Video Outputs Video 3 Video Inputs FM Antenna Jack AM Antenna Terminals Purple Orange Yellow Green Hed Blue oubwoofer Digital Audio Composite Video Component Video Y Component Video Pr Component Video AVR7300 VIDEQ AND SYSTEM Amp Trigger Connect this jack to the Trigger In jack of an optional external power amplifier that is equipped for remote turn on via a 6 volt signal When this connection is used the AVR 7300 will automatically send a low voltage signal that turns on the amp when the AVR is and since the signal is not present when the AVR is turned off the amplifier will also turn off with the AVR 7300 Multiroom IR Input Connect the output of an sensor in a remote room to this jack to operate the AVR s multiroom control system Remote IR Output This connection permits the IR sensor in the receiver to serve other remote con trolled devices Connect this jack to the IR IN jack on Harman Kardon or other compatible equipment Remote IR Input If the AVR 7300 s front panel sensor is blocked due to cabinet doors or other obstructions an external IR sensor may be used Connect the output of the sensor to this jack 3 Component Video Monitor Outputs Connect these outputs to the component video inputs of a video projector or monitor When a source connected to one of the Component Video Inputs AAR is selected the signal w
267. ved continued on p 37 0 harman kardon OPERATION Surround Mode Chart MODE Dolby Digital Dolby Digital EX DIS 5 1 DIS ES 6 1 Matrix DIS ES 6 1 Discrete Dolby Pro Logic Movie Music Pro Logic Dolby Pro Logic Music Movie FEATURES Available only with digital input sources encoded with Dolby Digital data It provides up to five separate main audio channels and a special dedicated low frequency effects channel Available when the receiver is configured for 6 1 7 1 channel operation Dolby Digital EX is the latest version of Dolby Digital When used with movies or other programs that have special encoding Dolby Digital EX reproduces specially encoded soundtracks so that full 6 1 7 1 soundfield is available When the receiver is set for 6 1 7 1 operation and a Dolby Digital signal is present the EX mode is automatically selected Even if specific EX encoding is not available to provide the additional channel the special algorithms will derive a 6 1 7 1 output When the speaker configuration is set for 5 1 channel operation the DIS 5 1 mode is available when DVD audio only music or laser discs encoded with data are played DIS 5 1 provides up to five separate main audio channels and a special dedicated low frequency channel When the speaker configuration is set for 6 1 7 1 operation playback of a DTS encoded program source will automatically trigger the selection of one of the two DTS ES m
268. wer Display Line and in the on screen display Press and hold the button again to turn the processing off Once the processing is turned on it will remain on until it is turned off by pressing the Video Processing On Off Button on the remote or the Set Video Button on the front panel again and releasing itso that you see FAROUDJA OFF message Surround Mode Selection One of the most important features of the AVR 7300 is its ability to reproduce a full multichannel sound field from digital sources analog matrix surround encoded programs and standard stereo programs oelection of a surround mode is based on personal taste as well as the type of program source material being used For example motion pictures or TV pro grams bearing the logo of one of the major surround encoding processes such as Dolby Surround or DIS may be played in either the Dolby Digital Dolby Pro Logic Cinema Dolby Pro Logic Ix Cinema DTS Neo 6 Cinema or Logic 7 Cinema surround modes depending on the source material NOTE Once a program has been encoded with matrix surround information it retains the surround information as long as the program is available in stereo Thus movies with surround sound may be decoded via any of the analog surround modes such as Pro Logic or Cinema Logic 7 Cinema or DIS Neo 6 Cinema when they are broadcast via conventional TV stations cable pay TV and satellite transmission Al
269. witch MUST be pressed in to operate the unit To turn the unit off and prevent the use of the remote control this switch should be pressed until it pops out from the front panel so that the word OFF may be read at the top of the switch NOTE This switch is normally left in the ON position Headphone Jack This jack may be used to listen to the AVR 7300 s output through a pair of headphones Be certain that the headphones have a standard 1 4 stereo phone plug or that you use an adapter as needed to convert the plug on your head phones to the 1 4 jack used on the AVR When the headphone jack is in use the main room speakers will automatically be turned off and the unit will output a Digital Input Selector Delay Adjust Selector 4P Buttons 4 Set Video Button Optical 4 Digital Input standard stereo signal You may also use one of the Dolby Headphone modes for an enhanced listening experience For more information on headphone 15 tening see page 35 Tone Mode Button This button controls the tone mode settings enabling adjustment of the bass and treble boost cut You may also use it to take the tone controls out of the signal path completely for flat response The first press of the button displays a TONE MODE message in the Lower Display Line and in the on screen display To take the controls out of the signal path press either of the lt Buttons until the display

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents

Gigaset DX800A all in one – Ihr starker Mitbewohner  Lenoxx CBX26UH User's Manual  ADAPT-PT 2012 GETTING STARTED GUIDE  User manual AR890 (80  Cytiva™ Plus Cardiomyocytes - GE Healthcare Life Sciences  Concepts Tutorial 7 : Hair Dryer  ROCKY-3732EVS Dual Pentium® III with Dual 10/100Mb Ethernet  HP Treadmill 4328A User's Manual  Operating instructions Electronic level sensor LR3000 704913  Powermate VSF1080421 Parts list  

Copyright © All rights reserved. Failed to retrieve file